Bibliotheca Polyglotta

Novum Testamentum

Complete text

Ad Thessalonicenses I

Ad Thessalonicenses II

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ

ACTVS APOSTOLORVM

The Acts of the Apostles

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 1

Cap. 1

The Acts of the Apostles 1

τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν 1

Primum quidem sermonem feci de omnibus, o Theophile, quæ cœpit Jesus facere et docere 1

The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, 1

ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο ἀνελήμφθη· 2

usque in diem qua præcipiens Apostolis per Spiritum Sanctum, quos elegit, assumptus est: 2

Until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: 2

οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι᾽ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. 3

quibus et præbuit seipsum vivum post passionem suam in multis argumentis, per dies quadraginta apparens eis, et loquens de regno Dei. 3

To whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: 3

καὶ συναλιζόμενος παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ ἱεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρὸς ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου· 4

Et convescens, præcepit eis ab Jerosolymis ne discederent, sed exspectarent promissionem Patris, quam audistis (inquit) per os meum: 4

And, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. 4

ὅτι ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. 5

quia Joannes quidem baptizavit aqua, vos autem baptizabimini Spiritu Sancto non post multos hos dies. 5

For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. 5

οἱ μὲν οὗν συνελθόντες ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες, κύριε, εἰ ἐν τῶ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῶ ἰσραήλ; 6

Igitur qui convenerant, interrogabant eum, dicentes: Domine, si in tempore hoc restitues regnum Israël? 6

When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? 6

εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ· 7

Dixit autem eis: Non est vestrum nosse tempora vel momenta quæ Pater posuit in sua potestate: 7

And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. 7

ἀλλὰ λήμψεσθε δύναμιν ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες ἔν τε ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ <ἐν> πάσῃ τῇ ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ σαμαρείᾳ καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. 8

sed accipietis virtutem supervenientis Spiritus Sancti in vos, et eritis mihi testes in Jerusalem, et in omni Judæa, et Samaria, et usque ad ultimum terræ. 8

But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. 8

καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν βλεπόντων αὐτῶν ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. 9

Et cum hæc dixisset, videntibus illis, elevatus est: et nubes suscepit eum ab oculis eorum. 9

And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight. 9

καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πορευομένου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐσθήσεσι λευκαῖς, 10

Cumque intuerentur in cælum euntem illum, ecce duo viri astiterunt juxta illos in vestibus albis, 10

And while they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; 10

οἳ καὶ εἶπαν, ἄνδρες γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε <ἐμ>βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; οὖτος ὁ ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 11

qui et dixerunt: Viri Galilæi, quid statis aspicientes in cælum? Hic Jesus, qui assumptus est a vobis in cælum, sic veniet quemadmodum vidistis eum euntem in cælum. 11

Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven. 11

τότε ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου ἐλαιῶνος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν. 12

Tunc reversi sunt Jerosolymam a monte qui vocatur Oliveti, qui est juxta Jerusalem, sabbati habens iter. 12

Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a sabbath day’s journey. 12

καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον, εἰς τὸ ὑπερῶον ἀνέβησαν οὖ ἦσαν καταμένοντες, ὅ τε πέτρος καὶ ἰωάννης καὶ ἰάκωβος καὶ ἀνδρέας, φίλιππος καὶ θωμᾶς, βαρθολομαῖος καὶ μαθθαῖος, ἰάκωβος ἁλφαίου καὶ σίμων ὁ ζηλωτὴς καὶ ἰούδας ἰακώβου. 13

Et cum introissent in cœnaculum, ascenderunt ubi manebant Petrus, et Joannes, Jacobus, et Andreas, Philippus, et Thomas, Bartholomæus, et Matthæus, Jacobus Alphæi, et Simon Zelotes, et Judas Jacobi. 13

And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James. 13

οὖτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ μαριὰμ τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. 14

Hi omnes erant perseverantes unanimiter in oratione cum mulieribus, et Maria matre Jesu, et fratribus ejus. 14

These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren. 14

καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ἀναστὰς πέτρος ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἶπεν ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡσεὶ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι, 15

In diebus illis, exsurgens Petrus in medio fratrum, dixit (erat autem turba hominum simul, fere centum viginti): 15

And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,) 15

ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν γραφὴν ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ στόματος δαυὶδ περὶ ἰούδα τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν ἰησοῦν, 16

Viri fratres, oportet impleri Scripturam quam prædixit Spiritus Sanctus per os David de Juda, qui fuit dux eorum qui comprehenderunt Jesum: 16

Men and brethren, this scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus. 16

ὅτι κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης. 17

qui connumeratus erat in nobis, et sortitus est sortem ministerii hujus. 17

For he was numbered with us, and had obtained part of this ministry. 17

οὖτος μὲν οὗν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ. 18

Et hic quidem possedit agrum de mercede iniquitatis, et suspensus crepuit medius: et diffusa sunt omnia viscera ejus. 18

Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out. 18

καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἰερουσαλήμ, ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν ἁκελδαμάχ, τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, χωρίον αἵματος. 19

Et notum factum est omnibus habitantibus Jerusalem, ita ut appellaretur ager ille, lingua eorum, Haceldama, hoc est, ager sanguinis. 19

And it was known unto all the dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch as that field is called in their proper tongue, Aceldama, that is to say, The field of blood. 19

γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ, καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος. 20

Scriptum est enim in libro Psalmorum: Fiat commoratio eorum deserta, et non sit qui inhabitet in ea: et episcopatum ejus accipiat alter. 20

For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick let another take. 20

δεῖ οὗν τῶν συνελθόντων ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ἰησοῦς, 21

Oportet ergo ex his viris qui nobiscum sunt congregati in omni tempore quo intravit et exivit inter nos Dominus Jesus, 21

Wherefore of these men which have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, 21

ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων. 22

incipiens a baptismate Joannis usque in diem qua assumptus est a nobis, testem resurrectionis ejus nobiscum fieri unum ex istis. 22

Beginning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection. 22

καὶ ἔστησαν δύο, ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη ἰοῦστος, καὶ μαθθίαν. 23

Et statuerunt duos, Joseph, qui vocabatur Barsabas, qui cognominatus est Justus, et Mathiam. 23

And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. 23

καὶ προσευξάμενοι εἶπαν, σὺ κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων, ἀνάδειξον ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα 24

Et orantes dixerunt: Tu Domine, qui corda nosti omnium, ostende quem elegeris ex his duobus unum, 24

And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen, 24

λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς, ἀφ᾽ ἧς παρέβη ἰούδας πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον. 25

accipere locum ministerii hujus et apostolatus, de quo prævaricatus est Judas ut abiret in locum suum. 25

That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place. 25

καὶ ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ μαθθίαν, καὶ συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων. 26

Et dederunt sortes eis, et cecidit sors super Mathiam: et annumeratus est cum undecim Apostolis. 26

And they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles. 26

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 2

Cap. 2

The Acts of the Apostles 2

καὶ ἐν τῶ συμπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς ἦσαν πάντες ὁμοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 1

Et cum complerentur dies Pentecostes, erant omnes pariter in eodem loco: 1

And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. 1

καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὖ ἦσαν καθήμενοι· 2

et factus est repente de cælo sonus, tamquam advenientis spiritus vehementis, et replevit totam domum ubi erant sedentes. 2

And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. 2

καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν, 3

Et apparuerunt illis dispertitæ linguæ tamquam ignis, seditque supra singulos eorum: 3

And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. 3

καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις καθὼς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς. 4

et repleti sunt omnes Spiritu Sancto, et cœperunt loqui variis linguis, prout Spiritus Sanctus dabat eloqui illis. 4

And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance. 4

ἦσαν δὲ εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες ἰουδαῖοι, ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν· 5

Erant autem in Jerusalem habitantes Judæi, viri religiosi ex omni natione quæ sub cælo est. 5

And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven. 5

γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη, ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 6

Facta autem hac voce, convenit multitudo, et mente confusa est, quoniam audiebat unusquisque lingua sua illos loquentes. 6

Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language. 6

ἐξίσταντο δὲ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον λέγοντες, οὐχ ἰδοὺ ἅπαντες οὖτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες γαλιλαῖοι; 7

Stupebant autem omnes, et mirabantur, dicentes: Nonne ecce omnes isti qui loquuntur, Galilæi sunt? 7

And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which speak Galilaeans? 7

καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν; 8

et quomodo nos audivimus unusquisque linguam nostram in qua nati sumus? 8

And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born? 8

πάρθοι καὶ μῆδοι καὶ ἐλαμῖται, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν μεσοποταμίαν, ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ καππαδοκίαν, πόντον καὶ τὴν ἀσίαν, 9

Parthi, et Medi, et Ælamitæ, et qui habitant Mespotamiam, Judæam, et Cappadociam, Pontum, et Asiam, 9

Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judaea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, 9

φρυγίαν τε καὶ παμφυλίαν, αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς λιβύης τῆς κατὰ κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ῥωμαῖοι, 10

Phrygiam, et Pamphyliam, Ægyptum, et partes Libyæ quæ est circa Cyrenen: et advenæ Romani, 10

Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes, 10

ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι, κρῆτες καὶ ἄραβες, ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ. 11

Judæi quoque, et Proselyti, Cretes, et Arabes: audivimus eos loquentes nostris linguis magnalia Dei. 11

Cretes and Arabians, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God. 11

ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηπόρουν, ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες, τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι; 12

Stupebant autem omnes, et mirabantur ad invicem, dicentes: Quidnam vult hoc esse? 12

And they were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth this? 12

ἕτεροι δὲ διαχλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν. 13

Alii autem irridentes dicebant: Quia musto pleni sunt isti. 13

Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine. 13

σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, ἄνδρες ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἰερουσαλὴμ πάντες, τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου. 14

Stans autem Petrus cum undecim, levavit vocem suam, et locutus est eis: Viri Judæi, et qui habitatis Jerusalem universi, hoc vobis notum sit, et auribus percipite verba mea. 14

But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: 14

οὐ γὰρ ὡς ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε οὖτοι μεθύουσιν, ἔστιν γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας, 15

Non enim, sicut vos æstimatis, hi ebrii sunt, cum sit hora diei tertia: 15

For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. 15

ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ἰωήλ, 16

sed hoc est quod dictum est per prophetam Joël: 16

But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; 16

καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται· 17

Et erit in novissimis diebus, dicit Dominus,effundam de Spiritu meo super omnem carnem: et prophetabunt filii vestri et filiæ vestræ,et juvenes vestri visiones videbunt,et seniores vestri somnia somniabunt. 17

And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: 17

καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν. 18

Et quidem super servos meos, et super ancillas meas,in diebus illis effundam de Spiritu meo,et prophetabunt: 18

And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy: 18

καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῶ οὐρανῶ ἄνω καὶ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ· 19

et dabo prodigia in cælo sursum,et signa in terra deorsum, sanguinem, et ignem, et vaporem fumi: 19

And I will shew wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke: 19

ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ. 20

sol convertetur in tenebras,et luna in sanguinem,antequam veniat dies Domini magnus et manifestus. 20

The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and notable day of the Lord come: 20

καὶ ἔσται πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. 21

Et erit: omnis quicumque invocaverit nomen Domini, salvus erit. 21

And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. 21

ἄνδρες ἰσραηλῖται, ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους· ἰησοῦν τὸν ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι καὶ τέρασι καὶ σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησεν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, καθὼς αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, 22

Viri Israëlitæ, audite verba hæc: Jesum Nazarenum, virum approbatum a Deo in vobis, virtutibus, et prodigiis, et signis, quæ fecit Deus per illum in medio vestri, sicut et vos scitis: 22

Ye men of Israel, hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by him in the midst of you, as ye yourselves also know: 22

τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε, 23

hunc, definito consilio et præscientia Dei traditum, per manus iniquorum affligentes interemistis: 23

Him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain: 23

ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ· 24

quem Deus suscitavit, solutis doloribus inferni, juxta quod impossibile erat teneri illum ab eo. 24

Whom God hath raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it was not possible that he should be holden of it. 24

δαυὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ. 25

David enim dicit in eum: Providebam Dominum in conspectu meo semper: quoniam a dextris est mihi, ne commovear: 25

For David speaketh concerning him, I foresaw the Lord always before my face, for he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved: 25

διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι· 26

propter hoc lætatum est cor meum, et exsultavit lingua mea,insuper et caro mea requiescet in spe: 26

Therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh shall rest in hope: 26

ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾅδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 27

quoniam non derelinques animam meam in inferno,nec dabis sanctum tuum videre corruptionem. 27

Because thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption. 27

ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς, πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου. 28

Notas mihi fecisti vias vitæ: et replebis me jucunditate cum facie tua. 28

Thou hast made known to me the ways of life; thou shalt make me full of joy with thy countenance. 28

ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου δαυίδ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης· 29

Viri fratres, liceat audenter dicere ad vos de patriarcha David, quoniam defunctus est, et sepultus: et sepulchrum ejus est apud nos usque in hodiernum diem. 29

Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day. 29

προφήτης οὗν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῶ ὁ θεὸς ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, 30

Propheta igitur cum esset, et sciret quia jurejurando jurasset illi Deus de fructu lumbi ejus sedere super sedem ejus: 30

Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne; 30

προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ ὅτι οὔτε ἐγκατελείφθη εἰς ᾅδην οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 31

providens locutus est de resurrectione Christi, quia neque derelictus est in inferno, neque caro ejus vidit corruptionem. 31

He seeing this before spake of the resurrection of Christ, that his soul was not left in hell, neither his flesh did see corruption. 31

τοῦτον τὸν ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὖ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. 32

Hunc Jesum resuscitavit Deus, cujus omnes nos testes sumus. 32

This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses. 32

τῇ δεξιᾷ οὗν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ ὑμεῖς <καὶ> βλέπετε καὶ ἀκούετε. 33

Dextera igitur Dei exaltatus, et promissione Spiritus Sancti accepta a Patre, effudit hunc, quem vos videtis et auditis. 33

Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. 33

οὐ γὰρ δαυὶδ ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγει δὲ αὐτός, εἶπεν <ὁ> κύριος τῶ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 34

Non enim David ascendit in cælum: dixit autem ipse: Dixit Dominus Domino meo: Sede a dextris meis, 34

For David is not ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 34

ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. 35

donec ponam inimicos tuosscabellum pedum tuorum. 35

Until I make thy foes thy footstool. 35

ἀσφαλῶς οὗν γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος ἰσραὴλ ὅτι καὶ κύριον αὐτὸν καὶ χριστὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός, τοῦτον τὸν ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. 36

Certissime sciat ergo omnis domus Israël, quia et Dominum eum et Christum fecit Deus hunc Jesum, quem vos crucifixistis. 36

Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made the same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and Christ. 36

ἀκούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν, εἶπόν τε πρὸς τὸν πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, τί ποιήσωμεν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί; 37

His autem auditis, compuncti sunt corde, et dixerunt ad Petrum et ad reliquos Apostolos: Quid faciemus, viri fratres? 37

Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? 37

πέτρος δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, μετανοήσατε, <φησίν,> καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ λήμψεσθε τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος· 38

Petrus vero ad illos: Pœnitentiam, inquit, agite, et baptizetur unusquisque vestrum in nomine Jesu Christi in remissionem peccatorum vestrorum: et accipietis donum Spiritus Sancti. 38

Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. 38

ὑμῖν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν ὅσους ἂν προσκαλέσηται κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν. 39

Vobis enim est repromissio, et filiis vestris, et omnibus qui longe sunt, quoscumque advocaverit Dominus Deus noster. 39

For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the LORD our God shall call. 39

ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς λέγων, σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης. 40

Aliis etiam verbis plurimis testificatus est, et exhortabatur eos, dicens: Salvamini a generatione ista prava. 40

And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation. 40

οἱ μὲν οὗν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν, καὶ προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. 41

Qui ergo receperunt sermonem ejus, baptizati sunt: et appositæ sunt in die illa animæ circiter tria millia. 41

Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls. 41

ἦσαν δὲ προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς. 42

Erant autem perseverantes in doctrina Apostolorum, et communicatione fractionis panis, et orationibus. 42

And they continued stedfastly in the apostles’ doctrine and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers. 42

ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος, πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο. 43

Fiebat autem omni animæ timor: multa quoque prodigia et signa per Apostolos in Jerusalem fiebant, et metus erat magnus in universis. 43

And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles. 43

πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, 44

Omnes etiam qui credebant, erant pariter, et habebant omnia communia. 44

And all that believed were together, and had all things common; 44

καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν· 45

Possessiones et substantias vendebant, et dividebant illa omnibus, prout cuique opus erat. 45

And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need. 45

καθ᾽ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ, κλῶντές τε κατ᾽ οἶκον ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας, 46

Quotidie quoque perdurantes unanimiter in templo, et frangentes circa domos panem, sumebant cibum cum exsultatione et simplicitate cordis, 46

And they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, 46

αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν. ὁ δὲ κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σῳζομένους καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 47

collaudantes Deum et habentes gratiam ad omnem plebem. Dominus autem augebat qui salvi fierent quotidie in idipsum. 47

Praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved. 47

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 3

Cap. 3

The Acts of the Apostles 3

πέτρος δὲ καὶ ἰωάννης ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐνάτην. 1

Petrus autem et Joannes ascendebant in templum ad horam orationis nonam. 1

Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. 1

καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ᾽ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην ὡραίαν τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν· 2

Et quidam vir, qui erat claudus ex utero matris suæ, bajulabatur: quem ponebant quotidie ad portam templi, quæ dicitur Speciosa, ut peteret eleemosynam ab introëuntibus in templum. 2

And a certain man lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple; 2

ὃς ἰδὼν πέτρον καὶ ἰωάννην μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην λαβεῖν. 3

Is cum vidisset Petrum et Joannem incipientes introire in templum, rogabat ut eleemosynam acciperet. 3

Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms. 3

ἀτενίσας δὲ πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῶ ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν, βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. 4

Intuens autem in eum Petrus cum Joanne, dixit: Respice in nos. 4

And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us. 4

ὁ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς προσδοκῶν τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. 5

At ille intendebat in eos, sperans se aliquid accepturum ab eis. 5

And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something of them. 5

εἶπεν δὲ πέτρος, ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι, ὃ δὲ ἔχω τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι· ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ ναζωραίου <ἔγειρε καὶ> περιπάτει. 6

Petrus autem dixit: Argentum et aurum non est mihi: quod autem habeo, hoc tibi do: in nomine Jesu Christi Nazareni surge, et ambula. 6

Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk. 6

καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτόν· παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά, 7

Et apprehensa manu ejus dextera, allevavit eum, et protinus consolidatæ sunt bases ejus et plantæ. 7

And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ankle bones received strength. 7

καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν περιπατῶν καὶ ἁλλόμενος καὶ αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. 8

Et exiliens stetit, et ambulabat: et intravit cum illis in templum ambulans, et exiliens, et laudans Deum. 8

And he leaping up stood, and walked, and entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. 8

καὶ εἶδεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτὸν περιπατοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν, 9

Et vidit omnis populus eum ambulantem et laudantem Deum. 9

And all the people saw him walking and praising God: 9

ἐπεγίνωσκον δὲ αὐτὸν ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῇ ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῶ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῶ. 10

Cognoscebant autem illum, quod ipse erat qui ad eleemosynam sedebat ad Speciosam portam templi: et impleti sunt stupore et extasi in eo quod contigerat illi. 10

And they knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him. 10

κρατοῦντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸν πέτρον καὶ τὸν ἰωάννην συνέδραμεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ σολομῶντος ἔκθαμβοι. 11

Cum teneret autem Petrum et Joannem, cucurrit omnis populus ad eos ad porticum quæ appellatur Salomonis, stupentes. 11

And as the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon’s, greatly wondering. 11

ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ πέτρος ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἄνδρες ἰσραηλῖται, τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; 12

Videns autem Petrus, respondit ad populum: Viri Israëlitæ, quid miramini in hoc, aut nos quid intuemini, quasi nostra virtute aut potestate fecerimus hunc ambulare? 12

And when Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this? or why look ye so earnestly on us, as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk? 12

ὁ θεὸς ἀβραὰμ καὶ <ὁ θεὸς> ἰσαὰκ καὶ <ὁ θεὸς> ἰακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἐδόξασεν τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς μὲν παρεδώκατε καὶ ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον πιλάτου, κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν· 13

Deus Abraham, et Deus Isaac, et Deus Jacob, Deus patrum nostrorum glorificavit filium suum Jesum, quem vos quidem tradidistis, et negastis ante faciem Pilati, judicante illo dimitti. 13

The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Son Jesus; whom ye delivered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to let him go. 13

ὑμεῖς δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, 14

Vos autem sanctum et justum negastis, et petistis virum homicidam donari vobis: 14

But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted unto you; 14

τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὖ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. 15

auctorem vero vitæ interfecistis, quem Deus suscitavit a mortuis, cujus nos testes sumus. 15

And killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses. 15

καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῶ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων ὑμῶν. 16

Et in fide nominis ejus, hunc quem vos vidistis et nostis, confirmavit nomen ejus: et fides, quæ per eum est, dedit integram sanitatem istam in conspectu omnium vestrum. 16

And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong, whom ye see and know: yea, the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. 16

καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν· 17

Et nunc, fratres, scio quia per ignorantiam fecistis, sicut et principes vestri. 17

And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers. 17

ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν παθεῖν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. 18

Deus autem, quæ prænuntiavit per os omnium prophetarum, pati Christum suum, sic implevit. 18

But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled. 18

μετανοήσατε οὗν καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε εἰς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, 19

Pœnitemini igitur et convertimini, ut deleantur peccata vestra: 19

Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord. 19

ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν χριστόν, ἰησοῦν, 20

ut cum venerint tempora refrigerii a conspectu Domini, et miserit eum qui prædicatus est vobis, Jesum Christum, 20

And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you: 20

ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν. 21

quem oportet quidem cælum suscipere usque in tempora restitutionis omnium quæ locutus est Deus per os sanctorum suorum a sæculo prophetarum. 21

Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began. 21

μωϊσῆς μὲν εἶπεν ὅτι προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ· αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 22

Moyses quidem dixit: Quoniam prophetam suscitabit vobis Dominus Deus vester de fratribus vestris, tamquam me: ipsum audietis juxta omnia quæcumque locutus fuerit vobis. 22

For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. 22

ἔσται δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. 23

Erit autem: omnis anima quæ non audierit prophetam illum, exterminabitur de plebe. 23

And it shall come to pass, that every soul, which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. 23

καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς ὅσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ κατήγγειλαν τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. 24

Et omnes prophetæ, a Samuel et deinceps, qui locuti sunt, annuntiaverunt dies istos. 24

Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days. 24

ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐν τῶ σπέρματί σου <ἐν>ευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. 25

Vos estis filii prophetarum, et testamenti quod disposuit Deus ad patres nostros, dicens ad Abraham: Et in semine tuo benedicentur omnes familiæ terræ. 25

Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed. 25

ὑμῖν πρῶτον ἀναστήσας ὁ θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῶ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν. 26

Vobis primum Deus suscitans filium suum, misit eum benedicentem vobis: ut convertat se unusquisque a nequitia sua. 26

Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities. 26

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 4

Cap. 4

The Acts of the Apostles 4

λαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ σαδδουκαῖοι, 1

Loquentibus autem illis ad populum, supervenerunt sacerdotes, et magistratus templi, et sadducæi, 1

And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them, 1

διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαὸν καὶ καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῶ ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 2

dolentes quod docerent populum, et annuntiarent in Jesu resurrectionem ex mortuis: 2

Being grieved that they taught the people, and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead. 2

καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον· ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. 3

et injecerunt in eos manus, et posuerunt eos in custodiam in crastinum: erat enim jam vespera. 3

And they laid hands on them, and put them in hold unto the next day: for it was now eventide. 3

πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ ἐγενήθη <ὁ> ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν <ὡς> χιλιάδες πέντε. 4

Multi autem eorum qui audierant verbum, crediderunt: et factus est numerus virorum quinque millia. 4

Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about five thousand. 4

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς ἐν ἰερουσαλήμ 5

Factum est autem in crastinum, ut congregarentur principes eorum, et seniores, et scribæ, in Jerusalem: 5

And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and scribes, 5

καὶ ἅννας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ καϊάφας καὶ ἰωάννης καὶ ἀλέξανδρος καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ 6

et Annas princeps sacerdotum, et Caiphas, et Joannes, et Alexander, et quotquot erant de genere sacerdotali. 6

And Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered together at Jerusalem. 6

καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῶ μέσῳ ἐπυνθάνοντο, ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς; 7

Et statuentes eos in medio, interrogabant: In qua virtute, aut in quo nomine fecistis hoc vos? 7

And when they had set them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done this? 7

τότε πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι, 8

Tunc repletus Spiritu Sancto Petrus, dixit ad eos: Principes populi, et seniores, audite: 8

Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel, 8

εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὖτος σέσωται, 9

si nos hodie dijudicamur in benefacto hominis infirmi, in quo iste salvus factus est, 9

If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he is made whole; 9

γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῶ λαῶ ἰσραὴλ ὅτι ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ οὖτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. 10

notum sit omnibus vobis, et omni plebi Israël, quia in nomine Domini nostri Jesu Christi Nazareni, quem vos crucifixistis, quem Deus suscitavit a mortuis, in hoc iste astat coram vobis sanus. 10

Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole. 10

οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδόμων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας. 11

Hic est lapis qui reprobatus est a vobis ædificantibus, qui factus est in caput anguli: 11

This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner. 11

καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία, οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. 12

et non est in alio aliquo salus. Nec enim aliud nomen est sub cælo datum hominibus, in quo oporteat nos salvos fieri. 12

Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved. 12

θεωροῦντες δὲ τὴν τοῦ πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ ἰωάννου, καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἐθαύμαζον ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς ὅτι σὺν τῶ ἰησοῦ ἦσαν· 13

Videntes autem Petri constantiam, et Joannis, comperto quod homines essent sine litteris, et idiotæ, admirabantur, et cognoscebant eos quoniam cum Jesu fuerant: 13

Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus. 13

τόν τε ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. 14

hominem quoque videntes stantem cum eis, qui curatus fuerat, nihil poterant contradicere. 14

And beholding the man which was healed standing with them, they could say nothing against it. 14

κελεύσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους 15

Jusserunt autem eos foras extra concilium secedere: et conferebant ad invicem, 15

But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred among themselves, 15

λέγοντες, τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις; ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι᾽ αὐτῶν πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν, καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἀρνεῖσθαι· 16

dicentes: Quid faciemus hominibus istis? quoniam quidem notum signum factum est per eos omnibus habitantibus Jerusalem: manifestum est, et non possumus negare. 16

Saying, What shall we do to these men? for that indeed a notable miracle hath been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it. 16

ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. 17

Sed ne amplius divulgetur in populum, comminemur eis ne ultra loquantur in nomine hoc ulli hominum. 17

But that it spread no further among the people, let us straitly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name. 17

καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν τὸ καθόλου μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἰησοῦ. 18

Et vocantes eos, denuntiaverunt ne omnino loquerentur neque docerent in nomine Jesu. 18

And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus. 18

ὁ δὲ πέτρος καὶ ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε, 19

Petrus vero et Joannes respondentes, dixerunt ad eos: Si justum est in conspectu Dei vos potius audire quam Deum, judicate. 19

But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye. 19

οὐ δυνάμεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἃ εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ λαλεῖν. 20

Non enim possumus quæ vidimus et audivimus non loqui. 20

For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard. 20

οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς, διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῶ γεγονότι· 21

At illi comminantes dimiserunt eos, non invenientes quomodo punirent eos propter populum: quia omnes clarificabant id quod factum fuerat in eo quod acciderat. 21

So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done. 21

ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ᾽ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. 22

Annorum enim erat amplius quadraginta homo, in quo factum fuerat signum istud sanitatis. 22

For the man was above forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was shewed. 22

ἀπολυθέντες δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ὅσα πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι εἶπαν. 23

Dimissi autem venerunt ad suos, et annuntiaverunt eis quanta ad eos principes sacerdotum et seniores dixissent. 23

And being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said unto them. 23

οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ εἶπαν, δέσποτα, σὺ ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, 24

Qui cum audissent, unanimiter levaverunt vocem ad Deum, et dixerunt: Domine, tu es qui fecisti cælum et terram, mare et omnia quæ in eis sunt: 24

And when they heard that, they lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, thou art God, which hast made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is: 24

ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου στόματος δαυὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἱνατί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; 25

qui Spiritu Sancto per os patris nostri David pueri tui dixisti: Quare fremuerunt gentes,et populi meditati sunt inania? 25

Who by the mouth of thy servant David hast said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people imagine vain things? 25

παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ. 26

Astiterunt reges terræ,et principes convenerunt in unumadversus Dominum, et adversus Christum ejus. 26

The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord, and against his Christ. 26

συνήχθησαν γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου ἰησοῦν, ὃν ἔχρισας, ἡρῴδης τε καὶ πόντιος πιλᾶτος σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς ἰσραήλ, 27

Convenerunt enim vere in civitate ista adversus sanctum puerum tuum Jesum, quem unxisti, Herodes et Pontius Pilatus, cum gentibus et populis Israël, 27

For of a truth against thy holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered together, 27

ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλή <σου> προώρισεν γενέσθαι. 28

facere quæ manus tua et consilium tuum decreverunt fieri. 28

For to do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel determined before to be done. 28

καὶ τὰ νῦν, κύριε, ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ δὸς τοῖς δούλοις σου μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου, 29

Et nunc, Domine, respice in minas eorum, et da servis tuis cum omni fiducia loqui verbum tuum, 29

And now, Lord, behold their threatenings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all boldness they may speak thy word, 29

ἐν τῶ τὴν χεῖρά <σου> ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου ἰησοῦ. 30

in eo quod manum tuam extendas ad sanitates, et signa, et prodigia fieri per nomen sancti filii tui Jesu. 30

By stretching forth thine hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of thy holy child Jesus. 30

καὶ δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, καὶ ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρρησίας. 31

Et cum orassent, motus est locus in quo erant congregati: et repleti sunt omnes Spiritu Sancto, et loquebantur verbum Dei cum fiducia. 31

And when they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word of God with boldness. 31

τοῦ δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία, καὶ οὐδὲ εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῶ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα κοινά. 32

Multitudinis autem credentium erat cor unum et anima una: nec quisquam eorum quæ possidebat, aliquid suum esse dicebat, sed erant illis omnia communia. 32

And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common. 32

καὶ δυνάμει μεγάλῃ ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ, χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. 33

Et virtute magna reddebant Apostoli testimonium resurrectionis Jesu Christi Domini nostri: et gratia magna erat in omnibus illis. 33

And with great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all. 33

οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς· ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 34

Neque enim quisquam egens erat inter illos. Quotquot enim possessores agrorum aut domorum erant, vendentes afferebant pretia eorum quæ vendebant, 34

Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold, 34

καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων· διεδίδετο δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. 35

et ponebant ante pedes Apostolorum. Dividebatur autem singulis prout cuique opus erat. 35

And laid them down at the apostles’ feet: and distribution was made unto every man according as he had need. 35

ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς βαρναβᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον υἱὸς παρακλήσεως, λευίτης, κύπριος τῶ γένει, 36

Joseph autem, qui cognominatus est Barnabas ab Apostolis (quod est interpretatum, Filius consolationis), Levites, Cyprius genere, 36

And Joses, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas, (which is, being interpreted, The son of consolation,) a Levite, and of the country of Cyprus, 36

ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῶ ἀγροῦ πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα καὶ ἔθηκεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων. 37

cum haberet agrum, vendidit eum, et attulit pretium, et posuit ante pedes Apostolorum. 37

Having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. 37

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 5

Cap. 5

The Acts of the Apostles 5

ἀνὴρ δέ τις ἁνανίας ὀνόματι σὺν σαπφίρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα 1

Vir autem quidam nomine Ananias, cum Saphira uxore suo vendidit agrum, 1

But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession, 1

καὶ ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς, συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. 2

et fraudavit de pretio agri, conscia uxore sua: et afferens partem quamdam, ad pedes Apostolorum posuit. 2

And kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy to it, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. 2

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πέτρος, ἁνανία, διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου; 3

Dixit autem Petrus: Anania, cur tentavit Satanas cor tuum, mentiri te Spiritui Sancto, et fraudare de pretio agri? 3

But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the price of the land? 3

οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν; τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο; οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ τῶ θεῶ. 4

nonne manens tibi manebat, et venundatum in tua erat potestate? quare posuisti in corde tuo hanc rem? non es mentitus hominibus, sed Deo. 4

Whiles it remained, was it not thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thine own power? why hast thou conceived this thing in thine heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God. 4

ἀκούων δὲ ὁ ἁνανίας τοὺς λόγους τούτους πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν· καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας. 5

Audiens autem Ananias hæc verba, cecidit, et expiravit. Et factus est timor magnus super omnes qui audierunt. 5

And Ananias hearing these words fell down, and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things. 5

ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. 6

Surgentes autem juvenes amoverunt eum, et efferentes sepelierunt. 6

And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried him. 6

ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν. 7

Factum est autem quasi horarum trium spatium, et uxor ipsius, nesciens quod factum fuerat, introivit. 7

And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in. 7

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν πέτρος, εἰπέ μοι, εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, ναί, τοσούτου. 8

Dixit autem ei Petrus: Dic mihi mulier, si tanti agrum vendidistis? At illa dixit: Etiam tanti. 8

And Peter answered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much? And she said, Yea, for so much. 8

ὁ δὲ πέτρος πρὸς αὐτήν, τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου; ἰδοὺ οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε. 9

Petrus autem ad eam: Quid utique convenit vobis tentare Spiritum Domini? Ecce pedes eorum qui sepelierunt virum tuum ad ostium, et efferent te. 9

Then Peter said unto her, How is it that ye have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? behold, the feet of them which have buried thy husband are at the door, and shall carry thee out. 9

ἔπεσεν δὲ παραχρῆμα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξέψυξεν· εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι εὖρον αὐτὴν νεκράν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. 10

Confestim cecidit ante pedes ejus, et expiravit. Intrantes autem juvenes invenerunt illam mortuam: et extulerunt, et sepelierunt ad virum suum. 10

Then fell she down straightway at his feet, and yielded up the ghost: and the young men came in, and found her dead, and, carrying her forth, buried her by her husband. 10

καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. 11

Et factus est timor magnus in universa ecclesia, et in omnes qui audierunt hæc. 11

And great fear came upon all the church, and upon as many as heard these things. 11

διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ ἐν τῶ λαῶ· καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἅπαντες ἐν τῇ στοᾷ σολομῶντος. 12

Per manus autem Apostolorum fiebant signa et prodigia multa in plebe. Et erant unanimiter omnes in porticu Salomonis. 12

And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon’s porch. 12

τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός· 13

Ceterorum autem nemo audebat se conjungere illis: sed magnificabat eos populus. 13

And of the rest durst no man join himself to them: but the people magnified them. 13

μᾶλλον δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῶ κυρίῳ πλήθη ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν, 14

Magis autem augebatur credentium in Domino multitudo virorum ac mulierum, 14

And believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women.) 14

ὥστε καὶ εἰς τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ κλιναρίων καὶ κραβάττων, ἵνα ἐρχομένου πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν. 15

ita ut in plateas ejicerent infirmos, et ponerent in lectulis et grabatis, ut, veniente Petro, saltem umbra illius obumbraret quemquam illorum, et liberarentur ab infirmitatibus suis. 15

Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them. 15

συνήρχετο δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ πόλεων ἰερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες. 16

Concurrebat autem et multitudo vicinarum civitatum Jerusalem, afferentes ægros, et vexatos a spiritibus immundis: qui curabantur omnes. 16

There came also a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folks, and them which were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one. 16

ἀναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῶ, ἡ οὗσα αἵρεσις τῶν σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 17

Exsurgens autem princeps sacerdotum, et omnes qui cum illo erant (quæ est hæresis sadducæorum), repleti sunt zelo: 17

Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with indignation, 17

καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. 18

et injecerunt manus in Apostolos, et posuerunt eos in custodia publica. 18

And laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison. 18

ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου διὰ νυκτὸς ἀνοίξας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, 19

Angelus autem Domini per noctem aperiens januas carceris, et educens eos, dixit: 19

But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said, 19

πορεύεσθε καὶ σταθέντες λαλεῖτε ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ τῶ λαῶ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης. 20

Ite, et stantes loquimini in templo plebi omnia verba vitæ hujus. 20

Go, stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life. 20

ἀκούσαντες δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐδίδασκον. παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῶ συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς. 21

Qui cum audissent, intraverunt diluculo in templum, et docebant. Adveniens autem princeps sacerdotum, et qui cum eo erant, convocaverunt concilium, et omnes seniores filiorum Israël: et miserunt ad carcerem ut adducerentur. 21

And when they heard that, they entered into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison to have them brought. 21

οἱ δὲ παραγενόμενοι ὑπηρέται οὐχ εὖρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ, ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν 22

Cum autem venissent ministri, et aperto carcere non invenissent illos, reversi nuntiaverunt, 22

But when the officers came, and found them not in the prison, they returned and told, 22

λέγοντες ὅτι τὸ δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ καὶ τοὺς φύλακας ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τῶν θυρῶν, ἀνοίξαντες δὲ ἔσω, οὐδένα εὕρομεν. 23

dicentes: Carcerem quidem invenimus clausum cum omni diligentia, et custodes stantes ante januas: aperientes autem neminem intus invenimus. 23

Saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man within. 23

ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὅ τε στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, διηπόρουν περὶ αὐτῶν τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο. 24

Ut autem audierunt hos sermones magistratus templi et principes sacerdotum, ambigebant de illis quidnam fieret. 24

Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of them whereunto this would grow. 24

παραγενόμενος δέ τις ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ὅτι ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν λαόν. 25

Adveniens autem quidam, nuntiavit eis: Quia ecce viri quos posuistis in carcerem, sunt in templo, stantes et docentes populum. 25

Then came one and told them, saying, Behold, the men whom ye put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people. 25

τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἦγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, μὴ λιθασθῶσιν. 26

Tunc abiit magistratus cum ministris, et adduxit illos sine vi: timebant enim populum ne lapidarentur. 26

Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without violence: for they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned. 26

ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν ἐν τῶ συνεδρίῳ. καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 27

Et cum adduxissent illos, statuerunt in concilio: et interrogavit eos princeps sacerdotum, 27

And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, 27

λέγων, <οὐ> παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι τούτῳ; καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου. 28

dicens: Præcipiendo præcepimus vobis ne doceretis in nomine isto, et ecce replestis Jerusalem doctrina vestra: et vultis inducere super nos sanguinem hominis istius. 28

Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. 28

ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν, πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῶ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. 29

Respondens autem Petrus et Apostoli, dixerunt: Obedire oportet Deo magis quam hominibus. 29

Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men. 29

ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου· 30

Deus patrum nostrorum suscitavit Jesum, quem vos interemistis, suspendentes in ligno. 30

The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew and hanged on a tree. 30

τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, <τοῦ> δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῶ ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 31

Hunc principem et salvatorem Deus exaltavit dextera sua ad dandam pœnitentiam Israëli, et remissionem peccatorum: 31

Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. 31

καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῶ. 32

et nos sumus testes horum verborum, et Spiritus Sanctus, quem dedit Deus omnibus obedientibus sibi. 32

And we are his witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost, whom God hath given to them that obey him. 32

οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο καὶ ἐβούλοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. 33

Hæc cum audissent, dissecabantur, et cogitabant interficere illos. 33

When they heard that, they were cut to the heart, and took counsel to slay them. 33

ἀναστὰς δέ τις ἐν τῶ συνεδρίῳ φαρισαῖος ὀνόματι γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῶ λαῶ, ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω βραχὺ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι, 34

Surgens autem quidam in concilio pharisæus, nomine Gamaliel, legis doctor, honorabilis universæ plebi, jussit foras ad breve homines fieri, 34

Then stood there up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in reputation among all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space; 34

εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, ἄνδρες ἰσραηλῖται, προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. 35

dixitque ad illos: Viri Israëlitæ, attendite vobis super hominibus istis quid acturi sitis. 35

And said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yourselves what ye intend to do as touching these men. 35

πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν, ᾧ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς τετρακοσίων· ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῶ διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. 36

Ante hos enim dies extitit Theodas, dicens se esse aliquem, cui consensit numerus virorum circiter quadringentorum: qui occisus est, et omnes qui credebant ei, dissipati sunt, et redacti ad nihilum. 36

For before these days rose up Theudas, boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men, about four hundred, joined themselves: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered, and brought to nought. 36

μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη ἰούδας ὁ γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς καὶ ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ· κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῶ διεσκορπίσθησαν. 37

Post hunc extitit Judas Galilæus in diebus professionis, et avertit populum post se: et ipse periit, et omnes quotquot consenserunt ei, dispersi sunt. 37

After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him: he also perished; and all, even as many as obeyed him, were dispersed. 37

καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς· ὅτι ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο, καταλυθήσεται· 38

Et nunc itaque dico vobis, discedite ab hominibus istis, et sinite illos: quoniam si est ex hominibus consilium hoc aut opus, dissolvetur: 38

And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will come to nought: 38

εἰ δὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ δυνήσεσθε καταλῦσαι αὐτούς , μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε. ἐπείσθησαν δὲ αὐτῶ, 39

si vero ex Deo est, non poteritis dissolvere illud, ne forte et Deo repugnare inveniamini. Consenserunt autem illi. 39

But if it be of God, ye cannot overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to fight against God. 39

καὶ προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἰησοῦ καὶ ἀπέλυσαν. 40

Et convocantes Apostolos, cæsis denuntiaverunt ne omnino loquerentur in nomine Jesu, et dimiserunt eos. 40

And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles, and beaten them, they commanded that they should not speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go. 40

οἱ μὲν οὗν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ συνεδρίου ὅτι κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι· 41

Et illi quidem ibant gaudentes a conspectu concilii, quoniam digni habiti sunt pro nomine Jesu contumeliam pati. 41

And they departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name. 41

πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ καὶ κατ᾽ οἶκον οὐκ ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν χριστόν, ἰησοῦν. 42

Omni autem die non cessabant in templo et circa domos, docentes et evangelizantes Christum Jesum. 42

And daily in the temple, and in every house, they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ. 42

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 6

Cap. 6

The Acts of the Apostles 6

ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑβραίους, ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν. 1

In diebus illis, crescente numero discipulorum, factum est murmur Græcorum adversus Hebræos, eo quod despicerentur in ministerio quotidiano viduæ eorum. 1

And in those days, when the number of the disciples was multiplied, there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration. 1

προσκαλεσάμενοι δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπαν, οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ διακονεῖν τραπέζαις· 2

Convocantes autem duodecim multitudinem discipulorum, dixerunt: Non est æquum nos derelinquere verbum Dei, et ministrare mensis. 2

Then the twelve called the multitude of the disciples unto them, and said, It is not reason that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables. 2

ἐπισκέψασθε δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους ἑπτὰ πλήρεις πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας, οὓς καταστήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης· 3

Considerate ergo, fratres, viros ex vobis boni testimonii septem, plenos Spiritu Sancto et sapientia, quos constituamus super hoc opus. 3

Wherefore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 3

ἡμεῖς δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν. 4

Nos vero orationi et ministerio verbi instantes erimus. 4

But we will give ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word. 4

καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους, καὶ ἐξελέξαντο στέφανον, ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ φίλιππον καὶ πρόχορον καὶ νικάνορα καὶ τίμωνα καὶ παρμενᾶν καὶ νικόλαον προσήλυτον ἀντιοχέα, 5

Et placuit sermo coram omni multitudine. Et elegerunt Stephanum, virum plenum fide et Spiritu Sancto, et Philippum, et Prochorum, et Nicanorem, et Timonem, et Parmenam, et Nicolaum advenam Antiochenum. 5

And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch: 5

οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ προσευξάμενοι ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. 6

Hos statuerunt ante conspectum Apostolorum: et orantes imposuerunt eis manus. 6

Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them. 6

καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν ἰερουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει. 7

Et verbum Domini crescebat, et multiplicabatur numerus discipulorum in Jerusalem valde: multa etiam turba sacerdotum obediebat fidei. 7

And the word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith. 7

στέφανος δὲ πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῶ λαῶ. 8

Stephanus autem plenus gratia et fortitudine, faciebat prodigia et signa magna in populo. 8

And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. 8

ἀνέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς λεγομένης λιβερτίνων καὶ κυρηναίων καὶ ἀλεξανδρέων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ κιλικίας καὶ ἀσίας συζητοῦντες τῶ στεφάνῳ, 9

Surrexerunt autem quidam de synagoga quæ appellatur Libertinorum, et Cyrenensium, et Alexandrinorum, et eorum qui erant a Cilicia, et Asia, disputantes cum Stephano: 9

Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. 9

καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῶ πνεύματι ᾧ ἐλάλει. 10

et non poterant resistere sapientiæ, et Spiritui qui loquebatur. 10

And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. 10

τότε ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας λέγοντας ὅτι ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς μωϊσῆν καὶ τὸν θεόν· 11

Tunc summiserunt viros, qui dicerent se audivisse eum dicentem verba blasphemiæ in Moysen et in Deum. 11

Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God. 11

συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, 12

Commoverunt itaque plebem, et seniores, et scribas: et concurrentes rapuerunt eum, et adduxerunt in concilium, 12

And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council, 12

ἔστησάν τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς λέγοντας, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὖτος οὐ παύεται λαλῶν ῥήματα κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου <τούτου> καὶ τοῦ νόμου· 13

et statuerunt falsos testes, qui dicerent: Homo iste non cessat loqui verba adversus locum sanctum, et legem: 13

And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: 13

ἀκηκόαμεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι ἰησοῦς ὁ ναζωραῖος οὖτος καταλύσει τὸν τόπον τοῦτον καὶ ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν μωϊσῆς. 14

audivimus enim eum dicentem quoniam Jesus Nazarenus hic destruet locum istum, et mutabit traditiones quas tradidit nobis Moyses. 14

For we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. 14

καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῶ συνεδρίῳ εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. 15

Et intuentes eum omnes qui sedebant in concilio, viderunt faciem ejus tamquam faciem angeli. 15

And all that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. 15

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 7

Cap. 7

The Acts of the Apostles 7

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; 1

Dixit autem princeps sacerdotum: Si hæc ita se habent? 1

Then said the high priest, Are these things so? 1

ὁ δὲ ἔφη, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. ὁ θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῶ πατρὶ ἡμῶν ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ μεσοποταμίᾳ πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν χαρράν, 2

Qui ait: Viri fratres et patres, audite: Deus gloriæ apparuit patri nostro Abrahæ cum esset in Mesopotamia, priusquam moraretur in Charan, 2

And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken; The God of glory appeared unto our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran, 2

καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ <ἐκ> τῆς συγγενείας σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω. 3

et dixit ad illum: Exi de terra tua, et de cognatione tua, et veni in terram quam monstravero tibi. 3

And said unto him, Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and come into the land which I shall shew thee. 3

τότε ἐξελθὼν ἐκ γῆς χαλδαίων κατῴκησεν ἐν χαρράν. κἀκεῖθεν μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε, 4

Tunc exiit de terra Chaldæorum, et habitavit in Charan. Et inde, postquam mortuus est pater ejus, transtulit illum in terram istam, in qua nunc vos habitatis. 4

Then came he out of the land of the Chaldaeans, and dwelt in Charran: and from thence, when his father was dead, he removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell. 4

καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῶ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός, καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο δοῦναι αὐτῶ εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν καὶ τῶ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῶ τέκνου. 5

Et non dedit illi hæreditatem in ea, nec passum pedis: sed repromisit dare illi eam in possessionem, et semini ejus post ipsum, cum non haberet filium. 5

And he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child. 5

ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια· 6

Locutus est autem ei Deus: Quia erit semen ejus accola in terra aliena, et servituti eos subjicient, et male tractabunt eos annis quadringentis: 6

And God spake on this wise, That his seed should sojourn in a strange land; and that they should bring them into bondage, and entreat them evil four hundred years. 6

καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσουσιν κρινῶ ἐγώ, ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῶ τόπῳ τούτῳ. 7

et gentem cui servierint, judicabo ego, dixit Dominus: et post hæc exibunt, et servient mihi in loco isto. 7

And the nation to whom they shall be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve me in this place. 7

καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῶ διαθήκην περιτομῆς· καὶ οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν ἰσαὰκ καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ, καὶ ἰσαὰκ τὸν ἰακώβ, καὶ ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 8

Et dedit illi testamentum circumcisionis: et sic genuit Isaac, et circumcidit eum die octavo: et Isaac, Jacob: et Jacob, duodecim patriarchas. 8

And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob; and Jacob begat the twelve patriarchs. 8

καὶ οἱ πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς αἴγυπτον· καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, 9

Et patriarchæ æmulantes, Joseph vendiderunt in Ægyptum: et erat Deus cum eo, 9

And the patriarchs, moved with envy, sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with him, 9

καὶ ἐξείλατο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῶ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον φαραὼ βασιλέως αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ αἴγυπτον καὶ <ἐφ᾽> ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ. 10

et eripuit eum ex omnibus tribulationibus ejus, et dedit ei gratiam et sapientiam in conspectu pharaonis regis Ægypti: et constituit eum præpositum super Ægyptum, et super omnem domum suam. 10

And delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favour and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house. 10

ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν αἴγυπτον καὶ χανάαν καὶ θλῖψις μεγάλη, καὶ οὐχ ηὕρισκον χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. 11

Venit autem fames in universam Ægyptum et Chanaan, et tribulatio magna: et non inveniebant cibos patres nostri. 11

Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance. 11

ἀκούσας δὲ ἰακὼβ ὄντα σιτία εἰς αἴγυπτον ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον· 12

Cum audisset autem Jacob esse frumentum in Ægypto, misit patres nostros primum: 12

But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first. 12

καὶ ἐν τῶ δευτέρῳ ἀνεγνωρίσθη ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῶ φαραὼ τὸ γένος <τοῦ> ἰωσήφ. 13

et in secundo cognitus est Joseph a fratribus suis, et manifestatum est Pharaoni genus ejus. 13

And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Joseph’s kindred was made known unto Pharaoh. 13

ἀποστείλας δὲ ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, 14

Mittens autem Joseph, accersivit Jacob patrem suum et omnem cognationem suam, in animabus septuaginta quinque. 14

Then sent Joseph, and called his father Jacob to him, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls. 14

καὶ κατέβη ἰακὼβ εἰς αἴγυπτον. καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, 15

Et descendit Jacob in Ægyptum: et defunctus est ipse, et patres nostri. 15

So Jacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers, 15

καὶ μετετέθησαν εἰς συχὲμ καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῶ μνήματι ᾧ ὠνήσατο ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν ἑμμὼρ ἐν συχέμ. 16

Et translati sunt in Sichem, et positi sunt in sepulchro, quod emit Abraham pretio argenti a filiis Hemor filii Sichem. 16

And were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for a sum of money of the sons of Emmor the father of Sychem. 16

καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἧς ὡμολόγησεν ὁ θεὸς τῶ ἀβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη ἐν αἰγύπτῳ, 17

Cum autem appropinquaret tempus promissionis quam confessus erat Deus Abrahæ, crevit populus, et multiplicatus est in Ægypto, 17

But when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, 17

ἄχρι οὖ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος <ἐπ᾽ αἴγυπτον> ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν ἰωσήφ. 18

quoadusque surrexit alius rex in Ægypto, qui non sciebat Joseph. 18

Till another king arose, which knew not Joseph. 18

οὖτος κατασοφισάμενος τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς πατέρας <ἡμῶν> τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μὴ ζῳογονεῖσθαι. 19

Hic circumveniens genus nostrum, afflixit patres nostros ut exponerent infantes suos, ne vivificarentur. 19

The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entreated our fathers, so that they cast out their young children, to the end they might not live. 19

ἐν ᾧ καιρῶ ἐγεννήθη μωϊσῆς, καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῶ θεῶ· ὃς ἀνετράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῶ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός· 20

Eodem tempore natus est Moyses, et fuit gratus Deo: qui nutritus est tribus mensibus in domo patris sui. 20

In which time Moses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father’s house three months: 20

ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀνείλατο αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ φαραὼ καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. 21

Exposito autem illo, sustulit eum filia Pharaonis, et nutrivit eum sibi in filium. 21

And when he was cast out, Pharaoh’s daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son. 21

καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη μωϊσῆς <ἐν> πάσῃ σοφίᾳ αἰγυπτίων, ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. 22

Et eruditus est Moyses omni sapientia Ægyptiorum, et erat potens in verbis et in operibus suis. 22

And Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deeds. 22

ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῶ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς ἰσραήλ. 23

Cum autem impleretur ei quadraginta annorum tempus, ascendit in cor ejus ut visitaret fratres suos filios Israël. 23

And when he was full forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel. 23

καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῶ καταπονουμένῳ πατάξας τὸν αἰγύπτιον. 24

Et cum vidisset quemdam injuriam patientem, vindicavit illum, et fecit ultionem ei qui injuriam sustinebat, percusso Ægyptio. 24

And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian: 24

ἐνόμιζεν δὲ συνιέναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς <αὐτοῦ> ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς, οἱ δὲ οὐ συνῆκαν. 25

Existimabat autem intelligere fratres, quoniam Deus per manum ipsius daret salutem illis: at illi non intellexerunt. 25

For he supposed his brethren would have understood how that God by his hand would deliver them: but they understood not. 25

τῇ τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις καὶ συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην εἰπών, ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε· ἱνατί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 26

Sequenti vero die apparuit illis litigantibus: et reconciliabat eos in pace, dicens: Viri, fratres estis: ut quid nocetis alterutrum? 26

And the next day he shewed himself unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren; why do ye wrong one to another? 26

ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτὸν εἰπών, τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν; 27

Qui autem injuriam faciebat proximo, repulit eum, dicens: Quis te constituit principem et judicem super nos? 27

But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge over us? 27

μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν αἰγύπτιον; 28

Numquid interficere me tu vis, quemadmodum interfecisti heri Ægyptium? 28

Wilt thou kill me, as thou diddest the Egyptian yesterday? 28

ἔφυγεν δὲ μωϊσῆς ἐν τῶ λόγῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο πάροικος ἐν γῇ μαδιάμ, οὖ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο. 29

Fugit autem Moyses in verbo isto: et factus est advena in terra Madian, ubi generavit filios duos. 29

Then fled Moses at this saying, and was a stranger in the land of Madian, where he begat two sons. 29

καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα ὤφθη αὐτῶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους σινᾶ ἄγγελος ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου. 30

Et expletis annis quadraginta, apparuit illi in deserto montis Sina angelus in igne flammæ rubi. 30

And when forty years were expired, there appeared to him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush. 30

ὁ δὲ μωϊσῆς ἰδὼν ἐθαύμαζεν τὸ ὅραμα· προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι ἐγένετο φωνὴ κυρίου, 31

Moyses autem videns, admiratus est visum. Et accedente illo ut consideraret, facta est ad eum vox Domini, dicens: 31

When Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight: and as he drew near to behold it, the voice of the LORD came unto him, 31

ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου, ὁ θεὸς ἀβραὰμ καὶ ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἰακώβ. ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος μωϊσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. 32

Ego sum Deus patrum tuorum, Deus Abraham, Deus Isaac, et Deus Jacob. Tremefactus autem Moyses, non audebat considerare. 32

Saying, I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not behold. 32

εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῶ ὁ κύριος, λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου, ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν. 33

Dixit autem illi Dominus: Solve calceamentum pedum tuorum: locus enim in quo stas, terra sancta est. 33

Then said the Lord to him, Put off thy shoes from thy feet: for the place where thou standest is holy ground. 33

ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ἤκουσα, καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς· καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἀποστείλω σε εἰς αἴγυπτον. 34

Videns vidi afflictionem populi mei qui est in Ægypto, et gemitum eorum audivi, et descendi liberare eos. Et nunc veni, et mittam te in Ægyptum. 34

I have seen, I have seen the affliction of my people which is in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. And now come, I will send thee into Egypt. 34

τοῦτον τὸν μωϊσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς <καὶ> ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῶ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ. 35

Hunc Moysen, quem negaverunt, dicentes: Quis te constituit principem et judicem? hunc Deus principem et redemptorem misit, cum manu angeli qui apparuit illi in rubo. 35

This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to him in the bush. 35

οὖτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ἐν γῇ αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα. 36

Hic eduxit illos faciens prodigia et signa in terra Ægypti, et in rubro mari, et in deserto annis quadraginta. 36

He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilderness forty years. 36

οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ μωϊσῆς ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς ἰσραήλ, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ. 37

Hic est Moyses, qui dixit filiis Israël: Prophetam suscitabit vobis Deus de fratribus vestris, tamquam me: ipsum audietis. 37

This is that Moses, which said unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear. 37

οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῶ ἐν τῶ ὄρει σινᾶ καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν, 38

Hic est qui fuit in ecclesia in solitudine cum angelo, qui loquebatur ei in monte Sina, et cum patribus nostris: qui accepit verba vitæ dare nobis. 38

This is he, that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give unto us: 38

ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ ἀπώσαντο καὶ ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς αἴγυπτον, 39

Cui noluerunt obedire patres nostri: sed repulerunt, et aversi sunt cordibus suis in Ægyptum, 39

To whom our fathers would not obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned back again into Egypt, 39

εἰπόντες τῶ ἀαρών, ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν· ὁ γὰρ μωϊσῆς οὖτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῶ. 40

dicentes ad Aaron: Fac nobis deos qui præcedant nos: Moyses enim hic, qui eduxit nos de terra Ægypti, nescimus quid factum sit ei. 40

Saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to go before us: for as for this Moses, which brought us out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. 40

καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῶ εἰδώλῳ, καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 41

Et vitulum fecerunt in diebus illis, et obtulerunt hostiam simulacro, et lætabantur in operibus manuum suarum. 41

And they made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice unto the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands. 41

ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν, μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος ἰσραήλ; 42

Convertit autem Deus, et tradidit eos servire militiæ cæli, sicut scriptum est in libro prophetarum: Numquid victimas et hostias obtulistis mihiannis quadraginta in deserto, domus Israël? 42

Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye house of Israel, have ye offered to me slain beasts and sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness? 42

καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μολὸχ καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ <ὑμῶν> ῥαιφάν, τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς· καὶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα βαβυλῶνος. 43

Et suscepistis tabernaculum Moloch,et sidus dei vestri Rempham,figuras quas fecistis adorare eas: et transferam vos trans Babylonem. 43

Yea, ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which ye made to worship them: and I will carry you away beyond Babylon. 43

ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῶ μωϊσῇ ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει, 44

Tabernaculum testimonii fuit cum patribus nostris in deserto, sicut disposuit illis Deus loquens ad Moysen, ut faceret illud secundum formam quam viderat. 44

Our fathers had the tabernacle of witness in the wilderness, as he had appointed, speaking unto Moses, that he should make it according to the fashion that he had seen. 44

ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν δαυίδ, 45

Quod et induxerunt, suscipientes patres nostri cum Jesu in possessionem gentium quas expulit Deus a facie patrum nostrorum, usque in diebus David, 45

Which also our fathers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles, whom God drave out before the face of our fathers, unto the days of David; 45

ὃς εὖρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ᾐτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῶ οἴκῳ ἰακώβ. 46

qui invenit gratiam ante Deum, et petiit ut inveniret tabernaculum Deo Jacob. 46

Who found favour before God, and desired to find a tabernacle for the God of Jacob. 46

σολομῶν δὲ οἰκοδόμησεν αὐτῶ οἶκον. 47

Salomon autem ædificavit illi domum. 47

But Solomon built him an house. 47

ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις κατοικεῖ· καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει, 48

Sed non Excelsus in manufactis habitat, sicut propheta dicit: 48

Howbeit the most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as saith the prophet, 48

ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου· ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι, λέγει κύριος, ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου; 49

Cælum mihi sedes est: terra autem scabellum pedum meorum.Quam domum ædificabitis mihi? dicit Dominus: vaut quis locus requietionis meæ est? 49

Heaven is my throne, and earth is my footstool: what house will ye build me? saith the Lord: or what is the place of my rest? 49

οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; 50

Nonne manus mea fecit hæc omnia? 50

Hath not my hand made all these things? 50

σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῶ πνεύματι τῶ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε, ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ ὑμεῖς. 51

Dura cervice, et incircumcisis cordibus et auribus, vos semper Spiritui Sancto resistitis: sicut patres vestri, ita et vos. 51

Ye stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did, so do ye. 51

τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ δικαίου οὖ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε, 52

Quem prophetarum non sunt persecuti patres vestri? et occiderunt eos qui prænuntiabant de adventu Justi, cujus vos nunc proditores et homicidæ fuistis: 52

Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted? and they have slain them which shewed before of the coming of the Just One; of whom ye have been now the betrayers and murderers: 52

οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε. 53

qui accepistis legem in dispositione angelorum, et non custodistis. 53

Who have received the law by the disposition of angels, and have not kept it. 53

ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 54

Audientes autem hæc, dissecabantur cordibus suis, et stridebant dentibus in eum. 54

When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. 54

ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ καὶ ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, 55

Cum autem esset plenus Spiritu Sancto, intendens in cælum, vidit gloriam Dei, et Jesum stantem a dextris Dei. 55

But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, 55

καὶ εἶπεν, ἰδοὺ θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διηνοιγμένους καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ. 56

Et ait: Ecce video cælos apertos, et Filium hominis stantem a dextris Dei. 55

And said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. 56

κράξαντες δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν, καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 57

Exclamantes autem voce magna continuerunt aures suas, et impetum fecerunt unanimiter in eum. 56

Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 57

καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουν. καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου σαύλου. 58

Et ejicientes eum extra civitatem, lapidabant: et testes deposuerunt vestimenta sua secus pedes adolescentis qui vocabatur Saulus. 57

And cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man’s feet, whose name was Saul. 58

καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν στέφανον ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα, κύριε ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. 59

Et lapidabant Stephanum invocantem, et dicentem: Domine Jesu, suscipe spiritum meum. 58

And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. 59

θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. 60

Positis autem genibus, clamavit voce magna, dicens: Domine, ne statuas illis hoc peccatum. Et cum hoc dixisset, obdormivit in Domino. Saulus autem erat consentiens neci ejus. 59

And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. 60

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 8

Cap. 8

The Acts of the Apostles 8

σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ. ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν ἱεροσολύμοις· πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς ἰουδαίας καὶ σαμαρείας πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων. 1

Facta est autem in illa die persecutio magna in ecclesia quæ erat Jerosolymis, et omnes dispersi sunt per regiones Judææ et Samariæ præter Apostolos. 1

And Saul was consenting unto his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles. 1

συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς καὶ ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶ. 2

Curaverunt autem Stephanum viri timorati, et fecerunt planctum magnum super eum. 2

And devout men carried Stephen to his burial, and made great lamentation over him. 2

σαῦλος δὲ ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. 3

Saulus autem devastabat ecclesiam per domos intrans, et trahens viros ac mulieres, tradebat in custodiam. 3

As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and haling men and women committed them to prison. 3

οἱ μὲν οὗν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν λόγον. 4

Igitur qui dispersi erant pertransibant, evangelizantes verbum Dei. 4

Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word. 4

φίλιππος δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς <τὴν> πόλιν τῆς σαμαρείας ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν χριστόν. 5

Philippus autem descendens in civitatem Samariæ, prædicabant illis Christum. 5

Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them. 5

προσεῖχον δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ φιλίππου ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῶ ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει· 6

Intendebant autem turbæ his quæ a Philippo dicebantur, unanimiter audientes, et videntes signa quæ faciebat. 6

And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. 6

πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξήρχοντο, πολλοὶ δὲ παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν· 7

Multi enim eorum qui habebant spiritus immundos, clamantes voce magna exibant. Multi autem paralytici et claudi curati sunt. 7

For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed. 7

ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. 8

Factum est ergo gaudium magnum in illa civitate. 8

And there was great joy in that city. 8

ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι σίμων προϊπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων καὶ ἐξιστάνων τὸ ἔθνος τῆς σαμαρείας, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν, 9

Vir autem quidam nomine Simon, qui ante fuerat in civitate magnus, seducens gentem Samariæ, dicens se esse aliquem magnum: 9

But there was a certain man, called Simon, which beforetime in the same city used sorcery, and bewitched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one: 9

ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου λέγοντες, οὖτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη μεγάλη. 10

cui auscultabant omnes a minimo usque ad maximum, dicentes: Hic est virtus Dei, quæ vocatur magna. 10

To whom they all gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power of God. 10

προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῶ διὰ τὸ ἱκανῶ χρόνῳ ταῖς μαγείαις ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. 11

Attendebant autem eum: propter quod multo tempore magiis suis dementasset eos. 11

And to him they had regard, because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries. 11

ὅτε δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῶ φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες. 12

Cum vero credidissent Philippo evangelizanti de regno Dei, in nomine Jesu Christi baptizabantur viri ac mulieres. 12

But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. 12

ὁ δὲ σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῶ φιλίππῳ, θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας γινομένας ἐξίστατο. 13

Tunc Simon et ipse credidit: et cum baptizatus esset, adhærebat Philippo. Videns etiam signa et virtutes maximas fieri, stupens admirabatur. 13

Then Simon himself believed also: and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and wondered, beholding the miracles and signs which were done. 13

ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πέτρον καὶ ἰωάννην, 14

Cum autem audissent Apostoli qui erant Jerosolymis, quod recepisset Samaria verbum Dei, miserunt ad eos Petrum et Joannem. 14

Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John: 14

οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν ὅπως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον· 15

Qui cum venissent, oraverunt pro ipsis ut acciperent Spiritum Sanctum: 15

Who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Ghost: 15

οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον δὲ βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ. 16

nondum enim in quemquam illorum venerat, sed baptizati tantum erant in nomine Domini Jesu. 16

(For as yet he was fallen upon none of them: only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.) 16

τότε ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 17

Tunc imponebant manus super illos, et accipiebant Spiritum Sanctum. 17

Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Ghost. 17

ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ πνεῦμα, προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα 18

Cum vidisset autem Simon quia per impositionem manus Apostolorum daretur Spiritus Sanctus, obtulit eis pecuniam, 18

And when Simon saw that through laying on of the apostles’ hands the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money, 18

λέγων, δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 19

dicens: Date et mihi hanc potestatem, ut cuicumque imposuero manus, accipiat Spiritum Sanctum. Petrus autem dixit ad eum: 19

Saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost. 19

πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ὅτι τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. 20

Pecunia tua tecum sit in perditionem: quoniam donum Dei existimasti pecunia possideri. 20

But Peter said unto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou hast thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money. 20

οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῶ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ἔναντι τοῦ θεοῦ. 21

Non est tibi pars neque sors in sermone isto: cor enim tuum non est rectum coram Deo. 21

Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right in the sight of God. 21

μετανόησον οὗν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης, καὶ δεήθητι τοῦ κυρίου εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου· 22

Pœnitentiam itaque age ab hac nequitia tua: et roga Deum, si forte remittatur tibi hæc cogitatio cordis tui. 22

Repent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thine heart may be forgiven thee. 22

εἰς γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε ὄντα. 23

In felle enim amaritudinis, et obligatione iniquitatis, video te esse. 23

For I perceive that thou art in the gall of bitterness, and in the bond of iniquity. 23

ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ σίμων εἶπεν, δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε. 24

Respondens autem Simon, dixit: Precamini vos pro me ad Dominum, ut nihil veniat super me horum quæ dixistis. 24

Then answered Simon, and said, Pray ye to the LORD for me, that none of these things which ye have spoken come upon me. 24

οἱ μὲν οὗν διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου ὑπέστρεφον εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα, πολλάς τε κώμας τῶν σαμαριτῶν εὐηγγελίζοντο. 25

Et illi quidem testificati, et locuti verbum Domini, redibant Jerosolymam, et multis regionibus Samaritanorum evangelizabant. 25

And they, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans. 25

ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς φίλιππον λέγων, ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς γάζαν· αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος. 26

Angelus autem Domini locutus est ad Philippum, dicens: Surge, et vade contra meridianum, ad viam quæ descendit ab Jerusalem in Gazam: hæc est deserta. 26

And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. 26

καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης κανδάκης βασιλίσσης αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς, ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, 27

Et surgens abiit. Et ecce vir Æthiops, eunuchus, potens Candacis reginæ Æthiopum, qui erat super omnes gazas ejus, venerat adorare in Jerusalem: 27

And he arose and went: and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, 27

ἦν τε ὑποστρέφων καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην ἠσαΐαν. 28

et revertebatur sedens super currum suum, legensque Isaiam prophetam. 28

Was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet. 28

εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῶ φιλίππῳ, πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῶ ἅρματι τούτῳ. 29

Dixit autem Spiritus Philippo: Accede, et adjunge te ad currum istum. 29

Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. 29

προσδραμὼν δὲ ὁ φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην, καὶ εἶπεν, ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; 30

Accurrens autem Philippus, audivit eum legentem Isaiam prophetam, et dixit: Putasne intelligis quæ legis? 30

And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? 30

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με; παρεκάλεσέν τε τὸν φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῶ. 31

Qui ait: Et quomodo possum, si non aliquis ostenderit mihi? Rogavitque Philippum ut ascenderet, et sederet secum. 31

And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him. 31

ἡ δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν ἦν αὕτη· ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. 32

Locus autem Scripturæ quem legebat, erat hic: Tamquam ovis ad occisionem ductus est: et sicut agnus coram tondente se, sine voce,sic non aperuit os suum. 32

The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth: 32

ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει <αὐτοῦ> ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη· τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. 33

In humilitate judicium ejus sublatum est.Generationem ejus quis enarrabit?quoniam tolletur de terra vita ejus. 33

In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: and who shall declare his generation? for his life is taken from the earth. 33

ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τῶ φιλίππῳ εἶπεν, δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο; περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἢ περὶ ἑτέρου τινός; 34

Respondens autem eunuchus Philippo, dixit: Obsecro te, de quo propheta dicit hoc? de se, an de alio aliquo? 34

And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other man? 34

ἀνοίξας δὲ ὁ φίλιππος τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ταύτης εὐηγγελίσατο αὐτῶ τὸν ἰησοῦν. 35

Aperiens autem Philippus os suum, et incipiens a Scriptura ista, evangelizavit illi Jesum. 35

Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus. 35

ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἦλθον ἐπί τι ὕδωρ, καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ἰδοὺ ὕδωρ· τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι; 36

Et dum irent per viam, venerunt ad quamdam aquam: et ait eunuchus: Ecce aqua: quid prohibet me baptizari? 36

And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? 36

Dixit autem Philippus: Si credis ex toto corde, licet. Et respondens ait: Credo Filium Dei esse Jesum Christum. 37

And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. 37

καὶ ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα, καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ ὅ τε φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος, καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. 38

Et jussit stare currum: et descenderunt uterque in aquam, Philippus et eunuchus, et baptizavit eum. 38

And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. 38

ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, πνεῦμα κυρίου ἥρπασεν τὸν φίλιππον, καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος· ἐπορεύετο γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων. 39

Cum autem ascendissent de aqua, Spiritus Domini rapuit Philippum, et amplius non vidit eum eunuchus. Ibat autem per viam suam gaudens. 39

And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing. 39

φίλιππος δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς ἄζωτον, καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς καισάρειαν. 40

Philippus autem inventus est in Azoto, et pertransiens evangelizabat civitatibus cunctis, donec veniret Cæsaream. 40

But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea. 40

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 9

Cap. 9

The Acts of the Apostles 9

ὁ δὲ σαῦλος, ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῶ ἀρχιερεῖ 1

Saulus autem adhuc spirans minarum et cædis in discipulos Domini, accessit ad principem sacerdotum, 1

And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, 1

ᾐτήσατο παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς, ὅπως ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ. 2

et petiit ab eo epistolas in Damascum ad synagogas: ut si quos invenisset hujus viæ viros ac mulieres, vinctos perduceret in Jerusalem. 2

And desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. 2

ἐν δὲ τῶ πορεύεσθαι ἐγένετο αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ δαμασκῶ, ἐξαίφνης τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, 3

Et cum iter faceret, contigit ut appropinquaret Damasco: et subito circumfulsit eum lux de cælo. 3

And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: 3

καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῶ, σαοὺλ σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; 4

Et cadens in terram audivit vocem dicentem sibi: Saule, Saule, quid me persequeris? 4

And he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? 4

εἶπεν δέ, τίς εἶ, κύριε; ὁ δέ, ἐγώ εἰμι ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις· 5

Qui dixit: Quis es, domine? Et ille: Ego sum Jesus, quem tu persequeris: durum est tibi contra stimulum calcitrare. 5

And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. 5

ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι ὅ τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν. 6

Et tremens ac stupens dixit: Domine, quid me vis facere? 6

And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. 6

οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῶ εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί, ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες. 7

Et Dominus ad eum: Surge, et ingredere civitatem, et ibi dicetur tibi quid te oporteat facere. Viri autem illi qui comitabantur cum eo, stabant stupefacti, audientes quidem vocem, neminem autem videntes. 7

And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. 7

ἠγέρθη δὲ σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀνεῳγμένων δὲ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν· χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγον εἰς δαμασκόν. 8

Surrexit autem Saulus de terra, apertisque oculis nihil videbat. Ad manus autem illum trahentes, introduxerunt Damascum. 8

And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. 8

καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων, καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. 9

Et erat ibi tribus diebus non videns, et non manducavit, neque bibit. 9

And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. 9

ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν δαμασκῶ ὀνόματι ἁνανίας, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν ὁράματι ὁ κύριος, ἁνανία. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, κύριε. 10

Erat autem quidam discipulus Damasci, nomine Ananias: et dixit ad illum in visu Dominus: Anania. At ille ait: Ecce ego, Domine. 10

And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. 10

ὁ δὲ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀναστὰς πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην εὐθεῖαν καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκίᾳ ἰούδα σαῦλον ὀνόματι ταρσέα· ἰδοὺ γὰρ προσεύχεται, 11

Et Dominus ad eum: Surge, et vade in vicum qui vocatur Rectus: et quære in domo Judæ Saulum nomine Tarsensem: ecce enim orat. 11

And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, 11

καὶ εἶδεν ἄνδρα <ἐν ὁράματι> ἁνανίαν ὀνόματι εἰσελθόντα καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῶ <τὰς> χεῖρας ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ. 12

(Et vidit virum Ananiam nomine, introëuntem, et imponentem sibi manus ut visum recipiat.) 12

And hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. 12

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ἁνανίας, κύριε, ἤκουσα ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου, ὅσα κακὰ τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ἐποίησεν ἐν ἰερουσαλήμ· 13

Respondit autem Ananias: Domine, audivi a multis de viro hoc, quanta mala fecerit sanctis tuis in Jerusalem: 13

Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: 13

καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου. 14

et hic habet potestatem a principibus sacerdotum alligandi omnes qui invocant nomen tuum. 14

And here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. 14

εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὖτος τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν τε καὶ βασιλέων υἱῶν τε ἰσραήλ· 15

Dixit autem ad eum Dominus: Vade, quoniam vas electionis est mihi iste, ut portet nomen meum coram gentibus, et regibus, et filiis Israël. 15

But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: 15

ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω αὐτῶ ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν. 16

Ego enim ostendam illi quanta oporteat eum pro nomine meo pati. 16

For I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name’s sake. 16

ἀπῆλθεν δὲ ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με, ἰησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῶ ᾗ ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς πνεύματος ἁγίου. 17

Et abiit Ananias, et introivit in domum: et imponens ei manus, dixit: Saule frater, Dominus misit me Jesus, qui apparuit tibi in via qua veniebas, ut videas, et implearis Spiritu Sancto. 17

And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. 17

καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὡς λεπίδες, ἀνέβλεψέν τε, καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, 18

Et confestim ceciderunt ab oculis ejus tamquam squamæ, et visum recepit: et surgens baptizatus est. 18

And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized. 18

καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν. ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐν δαμασκῶ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας τινάς, 19

Et cum accepisset cibum, confortatus est.Fuit autem cum discipulis qui erant Damasci per dies aliquot. 19

And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. 19

καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν ἰησοῦν ὅτι οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 20

Et continuo in synagogis prædicabat Jesum, quoniam hic est Filius Dei. 20

And straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God. 20

ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες καὶ ἔλεγον, οὐχ οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο, καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς; 21

Stupebant autem omnes qui audiebant, et dicebant: Nonne hic est qui expugnabat in Jerusalem eos qui invocabant nomen istud: et huc ad hoc venit, ut vinctos illos duceret ad principes sacerdotum? 21

But all that heard him were amazed, and said; Is not this he that destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound unto the chief priests? 21

σαῦλος δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο καὶ συνέχυννεν <τοὺς> ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν δαμασκῶ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. 22

Saulus autem multo magis convalescebat, et confundebat Judæos qui habitabant Damasci, affirmans quoniam hic est Christus. 22

But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is very Christ. 22

ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν· 23

Cum autem implerentur dies multi, consilium fecerunt in unum Judæi ut eum interficerent. 23

And after that many days were fulfilled, the Jews took counsel to kill him: 23

ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῶ σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν. παρετηροῦντο δὲ καὶ τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν· 24

Notæ autem factæ sunt Saulo insidiæ eorum. Custodiebant autem et portas die ac nocte, ut eum interficerent. 24

But their laying await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him. 24

λαβόντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν αὐτὸν χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. 25

Accipientes autem eum discipuli nocte, per murum dimiserunt eum, submittentes in sporta. 25

Then the disciples took him by night, and let him down by the wall in a basket. 25

παραγενόμενος δὲ εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπείραζεν κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς· καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής. 26

Cum autem venisset in Jerusalem, tentabat se jungere discipulis, et omnes timebant eum, non credentes quod esset discipulus. 26

And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the disciples: but they were all afraid of him, and believed not that he was a disciple. 26

βαρναβᾶς δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῶ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῶ, καὶ πῶς ἐν δαμασκῶ ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἰησοῦ. 27

Barnabas autem apprehensum illum duxit ad Apostolos: et narravit illis quomodo in via vidisset Dominum, et quia locutus est ei, et quomodo in Damasco fiducialiter egerit in nomine Jesu. 27

But Barnabas took him, and brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how he had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus. 27

καὶ ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, παρρησιαζόμενος ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου, 28

Et erat cum illis intrans et exiens in Jerusalem, et fiducialiter agens in nomine Domini. 28

And he was with them coming in and going out at Jerusalem. 28

ἐλάλει τε καὶ συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς ἑλληνιστάς· οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. 29

Loquebatur quoque gentibus, et disputabat cum Græcis: illi autem quærebant occidere eum. 29

And he spake boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus, and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to slay him. 29

ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς καισάρειαν καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς ταρσόν. 30

Quod cum cognovissent fratres, deduxerunt eum Cæsaream, et dimiserunt Tarsum. 30

Which when the brethren knew, they brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 30

ἡ μὲν οὗν ἐκκλησία καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς ἰουδαίας καὶ γαλιλαίας καὶ σαμαρείας εἶχεν εἰρήνην, οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη τῶ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπληθύνετο. 31

Ecclesia quidem per totam Judæam, et Galilæam, et Samariam habebat pacem, et ædificabatur ambulans in timore Domini, et consolatione Sancti Spiritus replebatur. 31

Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria, and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were multiplied. 31

ἐγένετο δὲ πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας λύδδα. 32

Factum est autem, ut Petrus dum pertransiret universos, deveniret ad sanctos qui habitabant Lyddæ. 32

And it came to pass, as Peter passed throughout all quarters, he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda. 32

εὖρεν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι αἰνέαν ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος. 33

Invenit autem ibi hominem quemdam, nomine Æneam, ab annis octo jacentem in grabato, qui erat paralyticus. 33

And there he found a certain man named Aeneas, which had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsy. 33

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῶ ὁ πέτρος, αἰνέα, ἰᾶταί σε ἰησοῦς χριστός· ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῶ. καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη. 34

Et ait illi Petrus: Ænea, sanat te Dominus Jesus Christus: surge, et sterne tibi. Et continuo surrexit. 34

And Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee whole: arise, and make thy bed. And he arose immediately. 34

καὶ εἶδαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες λύδδα καὶ τὸν σαρῶνα, οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 35

Et viderunt eum omnes qui habitabant Lyddæ et Saronæ: qui conversi sunt ad Dominum. 35

And all that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw him, and turned to the Lord. 35

ἐν ἰόππῃ δέ τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι ταβιθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται δορκάς· αὕτη ἦν πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει. 36

In Joppe autem fuit quædam discipula, nomine Tabitha, quæ interpretata dicitur Dorcas. Hæc erat plena operibus bonis et eleemosynis quas faciebat. 36

Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did. 36

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν· λούσαντες δὲ ἔθηκαν <αὐτὴν> ἐν ὑπερῴῳ. 37

Factum est autem in diebus illis ut infirmata moreretur. Quam cum lavissent, posuerunt eam in cœnaculo. 37

And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber. 37

ἐγγὺς δὲ οὔσης λύδδας τῇ ἰόππῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν παρακαλοῦντες, μὴ ὀκνήσῃς διελθεῖν ἕως ἡμῶν. 38

Cum autem prope esset Lydda ad Joppen, discipuli, audientes quia Petrus esset in ea, miserunt duos viros ad eum, rogantes: Ne pigriteris venire ad nos. 38

And forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent unto him two men, desiring him that he would not delay to come to them. 38

ἀναστὰς δὲ πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς· ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον εἰς τὸ ὑπερῶον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῶ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα ἐποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὗσα ἡ δορκάς. 39

Exsurgens autem Petrus, venit cum illis. Et cum advenisset, duxerunt illum in cœnaculum: et circumsteterunt illum omnes viduæ flentes, et ostendentes ei tunicas et vestes quas faciebat illis Dorcas. 39

Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. 39

ἐκβαλὼν δὲ ἔξω πάντας ὁ πέτρος καὶ θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν, ταβιθά, ἀνάστηθι. ἡ δὲ ἤνοιξεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν. 40

Ejectis autem omnibus foras, Petrus ponens genua oravit: et conversus ad corpus, dixit: Tabitha, surge. At illa aperuit oculos suos: et viso Petro, resedit. 40

But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and turning him to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter, she sat up. 40

δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν, φωνήσας δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. 41

Dans autem illi manum, erexit eam. Et cum vocasset sanctos et viduas, assignavit eam vivam. 41

And he gave her his hand, and lifted her up, and when he had called the saints and widows, presented her alive. 41

γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς ἰόππης, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 42

Notum autem factum est per universam Joppen: et crediderunt multi in Domino. 42

And it was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord. 42

ἐγένετο δὲ ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι ἐν ἰόππῃ παρά τινι σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. 43

Factum est autem ut dies multos moraretur in Joppe, apud Simonem quemdam coriarium. 43

And it came to pass, that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner. 43

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 10

Cap. 10

The Acts of the Apostles 10

ἀνὴρ δέ τις ἐν καισαρείᾳ ὀνόματι κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης ἰταλικῆς, 1

Vir autem quidam erat in Cæsarea, nomine Cornelius, centurio cohortis quæ dicitur Italica, 1

There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band, 1

εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῶ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, ποιῶν ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῶ λαῶ καὶ δεόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντός, 2

religiosus, ac timens Deum cum omni domo sua, faciens eleemosynas multas plebi, et deprecans Deum semper. 2

A devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway. 2

εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην τῆς ἡμέρας ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῶ, κορνήλιε. 3

Is vidit in visu manifeste, quasi hora diei nona, angelum Dei introëuntem ad se, et dicentem sibi: Corneli. 3

He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. 3

ὁ δὲ ἀτενίσας αὐτῶ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, τί ἐστιν, κύριε; εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῶ, αἱ προσευχαί σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ. 4

At ille intuens eum, timore correptus, dixit: Quid est, domine? Dixit autem illi: Orationes tuæ et eleemosynæ tuæ ascenderunt in memoriam in conspectu Dei. 4

And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. 4

καὶ νῦν πέμψον ἄνδρας εἰς ἰόππην καὶ μετάπεμψαι σίμωνά τινα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται πέτρος· 5

Et nunc mitte viros in Joppen, et accersi Simonem quemdam, qui cognominatur Petrus: 5

And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter: 5

οὖτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι σίμωνι βυρσεῖ, ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν. 6

hic hospitatur apud Simonem quemdam coriarium, cujus est domus juxta mare: hic dicet tibi quid te oporteat facere. 6

He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side: he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do. 6

ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῶ, φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῶ, 7

Et cum discessisset angelus qui loquebatur illi, vocavit duos domesticos suos, et militem metuentem Dominum ex his qui illi parebant. 7

And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; 7

καὶ ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἰόππην. 8

Quibus cum narrasset omnia, misit illos in Joppen. 8

And when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to Joppa. 8

τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων καὶ τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων ἀνέβη πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσεύξασθαι περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην. 9

Postera autem die, iter illis facientibus, et appropinquantibus civitati, ascendit Petrus in superiora ut oraret circa horam sextam. 9

On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour: 9

ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι· παρασκευαζόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐγένετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, 10

Et cum esuriret, voluit gustare. Parantibus autem illis, cecidit super eum mentis excessus: 10

And he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, 10

καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον καὶ καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 11

et vidit cælum apertum, et descendens vas quoddam, velut linteum magnum, quatuor initiis submitti de cælo in terram, 11

And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending upon him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: 11

ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 12

in quo erant omnia quadrupedia, et serpentia terræ, et volatilia cæli. 12

Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. 12

καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀναστάς, πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 13

Et facta est vox ad eum: Surge, Petre: occide, et manduca. 13

And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. 13

ὁ δὲ πέτρος εἶπεν, μηδαμῶς, κύριε, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον. 14

Ait autem Petrus: Absit Domine, quia numquam manducavi omne commune et immundum. 14

But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean. 14

καὶ φωνὴ πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν σὺ μὴ κοίνου. 15

Et vox iterum secundo ad eum: Quod Deus purificavit, tu commune ne dixeris. 15

And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. 15

τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς, καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 16

Hoc autem factum est per ter: et statim receptum est vas in cælum. 16

This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven. 16

ὡς δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῶ διηπόρει ὁ πέτρος τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν, ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ κορνηλίου διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ σίμωνος ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα, 17

Et dum intra se hæsitaret Petrus quidnam esset visio quam vidisset, ecce viri qui missi erant a Cornelio, inquirentes domum Simonis astiterunt ad januam. 17

Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made enquiry for Simon’s house, and stood before the gate, 17

καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος πέτρος ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται. 18

Et cum vocassent, interrogabant, si Simon qui cognominatur Petrus illic haberet hospitium. 18

And called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there. 18

τοῦ δὲ πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος εἶπεν <αὐτῶ> τὸ πνεῦμα, ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦντές σε· 19

Petro autem cogitante de visione, dixit Spiritus ei: Ecce viri tres quærunt te. 19

While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three men seek thee. 19

ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν διακρινόμενος, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. 20

Surge itaque, descende, et vade cum eis nihil dubitans: quia ego misi illos. 20

Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing: for I have sent them. 20

καταβὰς δὲ πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπεν, ἰδοὺ ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε· τίς ἡ αἰτία δι᾽ ἣν πάρεστε; 21

Descendens autem Petrus ad viros, dixit: Ecce ego sum, quem quæritis: quæ causa est, propter quam venistis? 21

Then Peter went down to the men which were sent unto him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come? 21

οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 22

Qui dixerunt: Cornelius centurio, vir justus et timens Deum, et testimonium habens ab universa gente Judæorum, responsum accepit ab angelo sancto accersire te in domum suam, et audire verba abs te. 22

And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews, was warned from God by an holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words of thee. 22

εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὗν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν. τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς, καί τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ ἰόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῶ. 23

Introducens ergo eos, recepit hospitio. Sequenti autem die, surgens profectus est cum illis, et quidam ex fratribus ab Joppe comitati sunt eum. 23

Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Joppa accompanied him. 23

τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν καισάρειαν· ὁ δὲ κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, συγκαλεσάμενος τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. 24

Altera autem die introivit Cæsaream. Cornelius vero exspectabat illos, convocatis cognatis suis et necessariis amicis. 24

And the morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and he had called together his kinsmen and near friends. 24

ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν πέτρον, συναντήσας αὐτῶ ὁ κορνήλιος πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας προσεκύνησεν. 25

Et factum est cum introisset Petrus, obvius venit ei Cornelius, et procidens ad pedes ejus adoravit. 25

And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshipped him. 25

ὁ δὲ πέτρος ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων, ἀνάστηθι· καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι. 26

Petrus vero elevavit eum, dicens: Surge: et ego ipse homo sum. 26

But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man. 26

καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῶ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνεληλυθότας πολλούς, 27

Et loquens cum illo intravit, et invenit multos qui convenerant: 27

And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together. 27

ἔφη τε πρὸς αὐτούς, ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἰουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρχεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ· κἀμοὶ ὁ θεὸς ἔδειξεν μηδένα κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον· 28

dixitque ad illos: Vos scitis quomodo abominatum sit viro Judæo conjungi aut accedere ad alienigenam: sed mihi ostendit Deus neminem communem aut immundum dicere hominem. 28

And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company, or come unto one of another nation; but God hath shewed me that I should not call any man common or unclean. 28

διὸ καὶ ἀναντιρρήτως ἦλθον μεταπεμφθείς. πυνθάνομαι οὗν τίνι λόγῳ μετεπέμψασθέ με; 29

Propter quod sine dubitatione veni accersitus. Interrogo ergo, quam ob causam accersistis me? 29

Therefore came I unto you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me? 29

καὶ ὁ κορνήλιος ἔφη, ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῶ οἴκῳ μου, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν μου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 30

Et Cornelius ait: A nudiusquarta die usque ad hanc horam, orans eram hora nona in domo mea, et ecce vir stetit ante me in veste candida, et ait: 30

And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house, and, behold, a man stood before me in bright clothing, 30

καὶ φησίν, κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 31

Corneli, exaudita est oratio tua, et eleemosynæ tuæ commemoratæ sunt in conspectu Dei. 31

And said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. 31

πέμψον οὗν εἰς ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται πέτρος· οὖτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ σίμωνος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν. 32

Mitte ergo in Joppen, et accersi Simonem qui cognominatur Petrus: hic hospitatur in domo Simonis coriarii juxta mare. 32

Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the sea side: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. 32

ἐξαυτῆς οὗν ἔπεμψα πρὸς σέ, σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. νῦν οὗν πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου. 33

Confestim ergo misi ad te: et tu benefecisti veniendo. Nunc ergo omnes nos in conspectu tuo adsumus audire omnia quæcumque tibi præcepta sunt a Domino. 33

Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God. 33

ἀνοίξας δὲ πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν, ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ θεός, 34

Aperiens autem Petrus os suum, dixit: In veritate comperi quia non est personarum acceptor Deus; 34

Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: 34

ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην δεκτὸς αὐτῶ ἐστιν. 35

sed in omni gente qui timet eum, et operatur justitiam, acceptus est illi. 35

But in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him. 35

τὸν λόγον <ὃν> ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς ἰσραὴλ εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, οὖτός ἐστιν πάντων κύριος, 36

Verbum misit Deus filiis Israël, annuntians pacem per Jesum Christum (hic est omnium Dominus). 36

The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (he is Lord of all:) 36

ὑμεῖς οἴδατε, τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς ἰουδαίας, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γαλιλαίας μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν ἰωάννης, 37

Vos scitis quod factum est verbum per universam Judæam: incipiens enim a Galilæa post baptismum quod prædicavit Joannes, 37

That word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; 37

ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 38

Jesum a Nazareth: quomodo unxit eum Deus Spiritu Sancto, et virtute, qui pertransiit benefaciendo, et sanando omnes oppressos a diabolo, quoniam Deus erat cum illo. 38

How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him. 38

καὶ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν ἰουδαίων καὶ <ἐν> ἰερουσαλήμ· ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. 39

Et nos testes sumus omnium quæ fecit in regione Judæorum, et Jerusalem, quem occiderunt suspendentes in ligno. 39

And we are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they slew and hanged on a tree: 39

τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν <ἐν> τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, 40

Hunc Deus suscitavit tertia die, et dedit eum manifestum fieri, 40

Him God raised up the third day, and shewed him openly; 40

οὐ παντὶ τῶ λαῶ ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῶ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν· 41

non omni populo, sed testibus præordinatis a Deo: nobis, qui manducavimus et bibimus cum illo postquam resurrexit a mortuis. 41

Not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before God, even to us, who did eat and drink with him after he rose from the dead. 41

καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῶ λαῶ καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 42

Et præcepit nobis prædicare populo, et testificari, quia ipse est qui constitutus est a Deo judex vivorum et mortuorum. 42

And he commanded us to preach unto the people, and to testify that it is he which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead. 42

τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. 43

Huic omnes prophetæ testimonium perhibent remissionem peccatorum accipere per nomen ejus omnes qui credunt in eum. 43

To him give all the prophets witness, that through his name whosoever believeth in him shall receive remission of sins. 43

ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον. 44

Adhuc loquente Petro verba hæc, cecidit Spiritus Sanctus super omnes qui audiebant verbum. 44

While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word. 44

καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ ὅσοι συνῆλθαν τῶ πέτρῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται· 45

Et obstupuerunt ex circumcisione fideles qui venerant cum Petro, quia et in nationes gratia Spiritus Sancti effusa est. 45

And they of the circumcision which believed were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost. 45

ἤκουον γὰρ αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. τότε ἀπεκρίθη πέτρος, 46

Audiebant enim illos loquentes linguis, et magnificantes Deum. 46

For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, 46

μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔλαβον ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς; 47

Tunc respondit Petrus: Numquid aquam quis prohibere potest ut non baptizentur hi qui Spiritum Sanctum acceperunt sicut et nos? 47

Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? 47

προσέταξεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι. τότε ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς. 48

Et jussit eos baptizari in nomine Domini Jesu Christi. Tunc rogaverunt eum ut maneret apud eos aliquot diebus. 48

And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days. 48

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 11

Cap. 11

The Acts of the Apostles 11

ἤκουσαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν ἰουδαίαν ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. 1

Audierunt autem Apostoli et fratres qui erant in Judæa, quoniam et gentes receperunt verbum Dei. 1

And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God. 1

ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβη πέτρος εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, διεκρίνοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 2

Cum autem ascendisset Petrus Jerosolymam, disceptabant adversus illum qui erant ex circumcisione, 2

And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him, 2

λέγοντες ὅτι εἰσῆλθες πρὸς ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας καὶ συνέφαγες αὐτοῖς. 3

dicentes: Quare introisti ad viros præputium habentes, et manducasti cum illis? 3

Saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. 3

ἀρξάμενος δὲ πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέγων, 4

Incipiens autem Petrus exponebat illis ordinem, dicens: 4

But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them, saying, 4

ἐγὼ ἤμην ἐν πόλει ἰόππῃ προσευχόμενος καὶ εἶδον ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν ἄχρι ἐμοῦ· 5

Ego eram in civitate Joppe orans, et vidi in excessu mentis visionem, descendens vas quoddam velut linteum magnum quatuor initiis summitti de cælo, et venit usque ad me. 5

I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, A certain vessel descend, as it had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even to me: 5

εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατενόουν καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 6

In quod intuens considerabam, et vidi quadrupedia terræ, et bestias, et reptilia, et volatilia cæli. 6

Upon the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. 6

ἤκουσα δὲ καὶ φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, ἀναστάς, πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 7

Audivi autem et vocem dicentem mihi: Surge, Petre: occide, et manduca. 7

And I heard a voice saying unto me, Arise, Peter; slay and eat. 7

εἶπον δέ, μηδαμῶς, κύριε, ὅτι κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου. 8

Dixi autem: Nequaquam Domine: quia commune aut immundum numquam introivit in os meum. 8

But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath at any time entered into my mouth. 8

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ φωνὴ ἐκ δευτέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν σὺ μὴ κοίνου. 9

Respondit autem vox secundo de cælo: Quæ Deus mundavit, tu ne commune dixeris. 9

But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. 9

τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς, καὶ ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 10

Hoc autem factum est per ter: et recepta sunt omnia rursum in cælum. 10

And this was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven. 10

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐξαυτῆς τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ᾗ ἦμεν, ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ καισαρείας πρός με. 11

Et ecce viri tres confestim astiterunt in domo in qua eram, missi a Cæsarea ad me. 11

And, behold, immediately there were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea unto me. 11

εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμά μοι συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν διακρίναντα. ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὖτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός· 12

Dixit autem Spiritus mihi ut irem cum illis, nihil hæsitans. Venerunt autem mecum et sex fratres isti, et ingressi sumus in domum viri. 12

And the Spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover these six brethren accompanied me, and we entered into the man’s house: 12

ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν <τὸν> ἄγγελον ἐν τῶ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ σταθέντα καὶ εἰπόντα, ἀπόστειλον εἰς ἰόππην καὶ μετάπεμψαι σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον πέτρον, 13

Narravit autem nobis quomodo vidisset angelum in domo sua, stantem et dicentem sibi: Mitte in Joppen, et accersi Simonem qui cognominatur Petrus, 13

And he shewed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him, Send men to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter; 13

ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρὸς σὲ ἐν οἷς σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου. 14

qui loquetur tibi verba in quibus salvus eris tu, et universa domus tua. 14

Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saved. 14

ἐν δὲ τῶ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ. 15

Cum autem cœpissem loqui, cecidit Spiritus Sanctus super eos, sicut et in nos in initio. 15

And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them, as on us at the beginning. 15

ἐμνήσθην δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ κυρίου ὡς ἔλεγεν, ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 16

Recordatus sum autem verbi Domini, sicut dicebat: Joannes quidem baptizavit aqua, vos autem baptizabimini Spiritu Sancto. 16

Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. 16

εἰ οὗν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ἰησοῦν χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν; 17

Si ergo eamdem gratiam dedit illis Deus, sicut et nobis qui credidimus in Dominum Jesum Christum: ego quis eram, qui possem prohibere Deum? 17

Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as he did unto us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God? 17

ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν λέγοντες, ἄρα καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν. 18

His auditis, tacuerunt: et glorificaverunt Deum, dicentes: Ergo et gentibus pœnitentiam dedit Deus ad vitam. 18

When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life. 18

οἱ μὲν οὗν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ στεφάνῳ διῆλθον ἕως φοινίκης καὶ κύπρου καὶ ἀντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον ἰουδαίοις. 19

Et illi quidem qui dispersi fuerant a tribulatione quæ facta fuerat sub Stephano, perambulaverunt usque Phœnicen, et Cyprum, et Antiochiam, nemini loquentes verbum, nisi solis Judæis. 19

Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice, and Cyprus, and Antioch, preaching the word to none but unto the Jews only. 19

ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες κύπριοι καὶ κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες ἐλθόντες εἰς ἀντιόχειαν ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἑλληνιστάς, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν κύριον ἰησοῦν. 20

Erant autem quidam ex eis viri Cyprii et Cyrenæi, qui cum introissent Antiochiam, loquebantur et ad Græcos, annuntiantes Dominum Jesum. 20

And some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene, which, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecians, preaching the LORD Jesus. 20

καὶ ἦν χεὶρ κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, πολύς τε ἀριθμὸς ὁ πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 21

Et erat manus Domini cum eis: multusque numerus credentium conversus est ad Dominum. 21

And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed, and turned unto the Lord. 21

ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν βαρναβᾶν <διελθεῖν> ἕως ἀντιοχείας· 22

Pervenit autem sermo ad aures ecclesiæ quæ erat Jerosolymis super istis: et miserunt Barnabam usque ad Antiochiam. 22

Then tidings of these things came unto the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go as far as Antioch. 22

ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν <τὴν> τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῶ κυρίῳ, 23

Qui cum pervenisset, et vidisset gratiam Dei, gavisus est: et hortabatur omnes in proposito cordis permanere in Domino: 23

Who, when he came, and had seen the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord. 23

ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως. καὶ προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῶ κυρίῳ. 24

quia erat vir bonus, et plenus Spiritu Sancto, et fide. Et apposita est multa turba Domino. 24

For he was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added unto the Lord. 24

ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς ταρσὸν ἀναζητῆσαι σαῦλον, 25

Profectus est autem Barnabas Tarsum, ut quæreret Saulum: quem cum invenisset, perduxit Antiochiam. 25

Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus, for to seek Saul: 25

καὶ εὑρὼν ἤγαγεν εἰς ἀντιόχειαν. ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον ἱκανόν, χρηματίσαι τε πρώτως ἐν ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς χριστιανούς. 26

Et annum totum conversati sunt ibi in ecclesia: et docuerunt turbam multam, ita ut cognominarentur primum Antiochiæ discipuli, christiani. 26

And when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church, and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch. 26

ἐν ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ ἱεροσολύμων προφῆται εἰς ἀντιόχειαν· 27

In his autem diebus supervenerunt ab Jerosolymis prophetæ Antiochiam: 27

And in these days came prophets from Jerusalem unto Antioch. 27

ἀναστὰς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀνόματι ἅγαβος ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην· ἥτις ἐγένετο ἐπὶ κλαυδίου. 28

et surgens unus ex eis nomine Agabus, significabat per spiritum famem magnam futuram in universo orbe terrarum, quæ facta est sub Claudio. 28

And there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar. 28

τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς· 29

Discipuli autem, prout quis habebat, proposuerunt singuli in ministerium mittere habitantibus in Judæa fratribus: 29

Then the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief unto the brethren which dwelt in Judaea: 29

ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς βαρναβᾶ καὶ σαύλου. 30

quod et fecerunt, mittentes ad seniores per manus Barnabæ et Sauli. 30

Which also they did, and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. 30

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 12

Cap. 12

The Acts of the Apostles 12

κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν ἡρῴδης ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 1

Eodem autem tempore misit Herodes rex manus, ut affligeret quosdam de ecclesia. 1

Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. 1

ἀνεῖλεν δὲ ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἰωάννου μαχαίρῃ. 2

Occidit autem Jacobum fratrem Joannis gladio. 2

And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. 2

ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς ἰουδαίοις προσέθετο συλλαβεῖν καὶ πέτρον ἦσαν δὲ <αἱ> ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων, 3

Videns autem quia placeret Judæis, apposuit ut apprehenderet et Petrum. Erant autem dies Azymorum. 3

And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) 3

ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ τὸ πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῶ λαῶ. 4

Quem cum apprehendisset, misit in carcerem, tradens quatuor quaternionibus militum custodiendum, volens post Pascha producere eum populo. 4

And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. 4

ὁ μὲν οὗν πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· προσευχὴ δὲ ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ. 5

Et Petrus quidem servabatur in carcere. Oratio autem fiebant sine intermissione ab ecclesia ad Deum pro eo. 5

Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. 5

ὅτε δὲ ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡρῴδης, τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἦν ὁ πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν, φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν. 6

Cum autem producturus eum esset Herodes, in ipsa nocte erat Petrus dormiens inter duos milites, vinctus catenis duabus: et custodes ante ostium custodiebant carcerem. 6

And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. 6

καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, καὶ φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν τῶ οἰκήματι· πατάξας δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ πέτρου ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων, ἀνάστα ἐν τάχει. καὶ ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν. 7

Et ecce angelus Domini astitit, et lumen refulsit in habitaculo: percussoque latere Petri, excitavit eum, dicens: Surge velociter. Et ceciderunt catenæ de manibus ejus. 7

And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. 7

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς αὐτόν, ζῶσαι καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου. ἐποίησεν δὲ οὕτως. καὶ λέγει αὐτῶ, περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. 8

Dixit autem angelus ad eum: Præcingere, et calcea te caligas tuas. Et fecit sic. Et dixit illi: Circumda tibi vestimentum tuum, et sequere me. 8

And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. 8

καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει, καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐδόκει δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. 9

Et exiens sequebatur eum, et nesciebat quia verum est, quod fiebat per angelum: existimabat autem se visum videre. 9

And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. 9

διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 10

Transeuntes autem primam et secundam custodiam, venerunt ad portam ferream, quæ ducit ad civitatem: quæ ultro aperta est eis. Et exeuntes processerunt vicum unum: et continuo discessit angelus ab eo. 10

When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. 10

καὶ ὁ πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῶ γενόμενος εἶπεν, νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν <ὁ> κύριος τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς ἡρῴδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν ἰουδαίων. 11

Et Petrus ad se reversus, dixit: Nunc scio vere quia misit Dominus angelum suum, et eripuit me de manu Herodis, et de omni exspectatione plebis Judæorum. 11

And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the LORD hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 11

συνιδών τε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς ἰωάννου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου μάρκου, οὖ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. 12

Consideransque venit ad domum Mariæ matris Joannis, qui cognominatus est Marcus, ubi erant multi congregati, et orantes. 12

And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying. 12

κρούσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπακοῦσαι ὀνόματι ῥόδη· 13

Pulsante autem eo ostium januæ, processit puella ad audiendum, nomine Rhode. 13

And as Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a damsel came to hearken, named Rhoda. 13

καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πέτρου ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδραμοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος. 14

Et ut cognovit vocem Petri, præ gaudio non aperuit januam, sed intro currens nuntiavit stare Petrum ante januam. 14

And when she knew Peter’s voice, she opened not the gate for gladness, but ran in, and told how Peter stood before the gate. 14

οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν εἶπαν, μαίνῃ. ἡ δὲ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον, ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ. 15

At illi dixerunt ad eam: Insanis. Illa autem affirmabat sic se habere. Illi autem dicebant: Angelus ejus est. 15

And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she constantly affirmed that it was even so. Then said they, It is his angel. 15

ὁ δὲ πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων· ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξέστησαν. 16

Petrus autem perseverabat pulsans. Cum autem aperuissent, viderunt eum, et obstupuerunt. 16

But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were astonished. 16

κατασείσας δὲ αὐτοῖς τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾶν διηγήσατο <αὐτοῖς> πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς, εἶπέν τε, ἀπαγγείλατε ἰακώβῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον τόπον. 17

Annuens autem eis manu ut tacerent, narravit quomodo Dominus eduxisset eum de carcere, dixitque: Nuntiate Jacobo et fratribus hæc. Et egressus abiit in alium locum. 17

But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, declared unto them how the Lord had brought him out of the prison. And he said, Go shew these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he departed, and went into another place. 17

γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ πέτρος ἐγένετο. 18

Facta autem die, erat non parva turbatio inter milites, quidnam factum esset de Petro. 18

Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter. 18

ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι, καὶ κατελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ἰουδαίας εἰς καισάρειαν διέτριβεν. 19

Herodes autem cum requisisset eum et non invenisset, inquisitione facta de custodibus, jussit eos duci: descendensque a Judæa in Cæsaream, ibi commoratus est. 19

And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to death. And he went down from Judaea to Caesarea, and there abode. 19

ἦν δὲ θυμομαχῶν τυρίοις καὶ σιδωνίοις· ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες βλάστον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην, διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. 20

Erat autem iratus Tyriis et Sidoniis. At illi unanimes venerunt ad eum, et persuaso Blasto, qui erat super cubiculum regis, postulabant pacem, eo quod alerentur regiones eorum ab illo. 20

And Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: but they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend, desired peace; because their country was nourished by the king’s country. 20

τακτῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ ἡρῴδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν <καὶ> καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς· 21

Statuto autem die Herodes vestitus veste regia sedit pro tribunali, et concionabatur ad eos. 21

And upon a set day Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat upon his throne, and made an oration unto them. 21

ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου. 22

Populus autem acclamabat: Dei voces, et non hominis. 22

And the people gave a shout, saying, It is the voice of a god, and not of a man. 22

παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῶ θεῶ, καὶ γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν. 23

Confestim autem percussit eum angelus Domini, eo quod non dedisset honorem Deo: et consumptus a vermibus, expiravit. 23

And immediately the angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not God the glory: and he was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost. 23

ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. 24

Verbum autem Domini crescebat, et multiplicabatur. 24

But the word of God grew and multiplied. 24

βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν, συμπαραλαβόντες ἰωάννην τὸν ἐπικληθέντα μᾶρκον. 25

Barnabas autem et Saulus reversi sunt ab Jerosolymis expleto ministerio assumpto Joanne, qui cognominatus est Marcus. 25

And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministry, and took with them John, whose surname was Mark. 25

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 13

Cap. 13

The Acts of the Apostles 13

ἦσαν δὲ ἐν ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὗσαν ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι ὅ τε βαρναβᾶς καὶ συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος νίγερ, καὶ λούκιος ὁ κυρηναῖος, μαναήν τε ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετραάρχου σύντροφος καὶ σαῦλος. 1

Erant autem in ecclesia quæ erat Antiochiæ, prophetæ et doctores, in quibus Barnabas, et Simon qui vocabatur Niger, et Lucius Cyrenensis, et Manahen, qui erat Herodis Tetrarchæ collactaneus, et Saulus. 1

Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. 1

λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῶ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων εἶπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἀφορίσατε δή μοι τὸν βαρναβᾶν καὶ σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 2

Ministrantibus autem illis Domino, et jejunantibus, dixit illis Spiritus Sanctus: Segregate mihi Saulum et Barnabam in opus ad quod assumpsi eos. 2

As they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them. 2

τότε νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἀπέλυσαν. 3

Tunc jejunantes et orantes, imponentesque eis manus, dimiserunt illos. 3

And when they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent them away. 3

αὐτοὶ μὲν οὗν ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κατῆλθον εἰς σελεύκειαν, ἐκεῖθέν τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς κύπρον, 4

Et ipsi quidem missi a Spiritu Sancto abierunt Seleuciam: et inde navigaverunt Cyprum. 4

So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost, departed unto Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. 4

καὶ γενόμενοι ἐν σαλαμῖνι κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς τῶν ἰουδαίων· εἶχον δὲ καὶ ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην. 5

Et cum venissent Salaminam, prædicabant verbum Dei in synagogis Judæorum. Habebant autem et Joannem in ministerio. 5

And when they were at Salamis, they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister. 5

διελθόντες δὲ ὅλην τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι πάφου εὖρον ἄνδρα τινὰ μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην ἰουδαῖον ᾧ ὄνομα βαριησοῦ, 6

Et cum perambulassent universam insulam usque Paphum, invenerunt quemdam virum magum pseudoprophetam, Judæum, cui nomen erat Barjesu, 6

And when they had gone through the isle unto Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Barjesus: 6

ὃς ἦν σὺν τῶ ἀνθυπάτῳ σεργίῳ παύλῳ, ἀνδρὶ συνετῶ. οὖτος προσκαλεσάμενος βαρναβᾶν καὶ σαῦλον ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ· 7

qui erat cum proconsule Sergio Paulo viro prudente. Hic, accersitis Barnaba et Saulo, desiderabat audire verbum Dei. 7

Which was with the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus, a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul, and desired to hear the word of God. 7

ἀνθίστατο δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος, οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. 8

Resistebat autem illis Elymas magus (sic enim interpretatur nomen ejus), quærens avertere proconsulem a fide. 8

But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith. 8

σαῦλος δέ, ὁ καὶ παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 9

Saulus autem, qui et Paulus, repletus Spiritu Sancto, intuens in eum, 9

Then Saul, (who also is called Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set his eyes on him. 9

εἶπεν, ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης, οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς <τοῦ> κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας; 10

dixit: O plene omni dolo et omni fallacia, fili diaboli, inimice omnis justitiæ, non desinis subvertere vias Domini rectas. 10

And said, O full of all subtilty and all mischief, thou child of the devil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord? 10

καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. παραχρῆμά τε ἔπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος, καὶ περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. 11

Et nunc ecce manus Domini super te, et eris cæcus, non videns solem usque ad tempus. Et confestim cecidit in eum caligo et tenebræ: et circuiens quærebat qui ei manum daret. 11

And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness; and he went about seeking some to lead him by the hand. 11

τότε ἰδὼν ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. 12

Tunc proconsul cum vidisset factum, credidit admirans super doctrina Domini. 12

Then the deputy, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord. 12

ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς πάφου οἱ περὶ παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς πέργην τῆς παμφυλίας· ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα. 13

Et cum a Papho navigassent Paulus et qui cum eo erant, venerunt Pergen Pamphyliæ. Joannes autem discedens ab eis, reversus est Jerosolymam. 13

Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos, they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem. 13

αὐτοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς ἀντιόχειαν τὴν πισιδίαν, καὶ <εἰς>ελθόντες εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. 14

Illi vero pertranseuntes Pergen, venerunt Antiochiam Pisidiæ: et ingressi synagogam die sabbatorum, sederunt. 14

But when they departed from Perga, they came to Antioch in Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down. 14

μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνάγωγοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε. 15

Post lectionem autem legis et prophetarum, miserunt principes synagogæ ad eos, dicentes: Viri fratres, si quis est in vobis sermo exhortationis ad plebem, dicite. 15

And after the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent unto them, saying, Ye men and brethren, if ye have any word of exhortation for the people, say on. 15

ἀναστὰς δὲ παῦλος καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ εἶπεν· ἄνδρες ἰσραηλῖται καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. 16

Surgens autem Paulus, et manu silentium indicens, ait: Viri Israëlitæ, et qui timetis Deum, audite: 16

Then Paul stood up, and beckoning with his hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience. 16

ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ἰσραὴλ ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ αἰγύπτου, καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς, 17

Deus plebis Israël elegit patres nostros, et plebem exaltavit cum essent incolæ in terra Ægypti, et in brachio excelso eduxit eos ex ea, 17

The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an high arm brought he them out of it. 17

καὶ ὡς τεσσερακονταετῆ χρόνον ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 18

et per quadraginta annorum tempus mores eorum sustinuit in deserto. 18

And about the time of forty years suffered he their manners in the wilderness. 18

καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ἐν γῇ χανάαν κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν 19

Et destruens gentes septem in terra Chanaan, sorte distribuit eis terram eorum, 19

And when he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Chanaan, he divided their land to them by lot. 19

ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως σαμουὴλ <τοῦ> προφήτου. 20

quasi post quadringentos et quinquaginta annos: et post hæc dedit judices, usque ad Samuel prophetam. 20

And after that he gave unto them judges about the space of four hundred and fifty years, until Samuel the prophet. 20

κἀκεῖθεν ᾐτήσαντο βασιλέα, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς τὸν σαοὺλ υἱὸν κίς, ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς βενιαμίν, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα. 21

Et exinde postulaverunt regem: et dedit illis Deus Saul filium Cis, virum de tribu Benjamin, annis quadraginta: 21

And afterward they desired a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of forty years. 21

καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν τὸν δαυὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, εὖρον δαυὶδ τὸν τοῦ ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου. 22

et amoto illo, suscitavit illis David regem: cui testimonium perhibens, dixit: Inveni David filium Jesse, virum secundum cor meum, qui faciet omnes voluntates meas. 22

And when he had removed him, he raised up unto them David to be their king; to whom also he gave their testimony, and said, I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after mine own heart, which shall fulfil all my will. 22

τούτου ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾽ ἐπαγγελίαν ἤγαγεν τῶ ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα ἰησοῦν, 23

Hujus Deus ex semine secundum promissionem eduxit Israël salvatorem Jesum, 23

Of this man’s seed hath God according to his promise raised unto Israel a Saviour, Jesus: 23

προκηρύξαντος ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας παντὶ τῶ λαῶ ἰσραήλ. 24

prædicante Joanne ante faciem adventus ejus baptismum pœnitentiæ omni populo Israël. 24

When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. 24

ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου ἰωάννης τὸν δρόμον, ἔλεγεν, τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ· ἀλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ ἔρχεται μετ᾽ ἐμὲ οὖ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. 25

Cum impleret autem Joannes cursum suum, dicebat: Quem me arbitramini esse, non sum ego: sed ecce venit post me, cujus non sum dignus calceamenta pedum solvere. 25

And as John fulfilled his course, he said, Whom think ye that I am? I am not he. But, behold, there cometh one after me, whose shoes of his feet I am not worthy to loose. 25

ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη. 26

Viri fratres, filii generis Abraham, et qui in vobis timent Deum, vobis verbum salutis hujus missum est. 26

Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and whosoever among you feareth God, to you is the word of this salvation sent. 26

οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦντες ἐν ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκομένας κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν, 27

Qui enim habitabant Jerusalem, et principes ejus hunc ignorantes, et voces prophetarum quæ per omne sabbatum leguntur, judicantes impleverunt, 27

For they that dwell at Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew him not, nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day, they have fulfilled them in condemning him. 27

καὶ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ᾐτήσαντο πιλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν· 28

et nullam causam mortis invenientes in eo, petierunt a Pilato ut interficerent eum. 28

And though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain. 28

ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα, καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου ἔθηκαν εἰς μνημεῖον. 29

Cumque consummassent omnia quæ de eo scripta erant, deponentes eum de ligno, posuerunt eum in monumento. 29

And when they had fulfilled all that was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in a sepulchre. 29

ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν· 30

Deus vero suscitavit eum a mortuis tertia die: qui visus est per dies multos his 30

But God raised him from the dead: 30

ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῶ ἀπὸ τῆς γαλιλαίας εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, οἵτινες <νῦν> εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν. 31

qui simul ascenderant cum eo de Galilæa in Jerusalem: qui usque nunc sunt testes ejus ad plebem. 31

And he was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people. 31

καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, 32

Et nos vobis annuntiamus eam, quæ ad patres nostros repromissio facta est: 32

And we declare unto you glad tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers, 32

ὅτι ταύτην ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις <αὐτῶν> ἡμῖν ἀναστήσας ἰησοῦν, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῶ ψαλμῶ γέγραπται τῶ δευτέρῳ, υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. 33

quoniam hanc Deus adimplevit filiis nostris resuscitans Jesum, sicut et in psalmo secundo scriptum est: Filius meus es tu, ego hodie genui te. 33

God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he hath raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. 33

ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν ὅτι δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά. 34

Quod autem suscitavit eum a mortuis, amplius jam non reversurum in corruptionem, ita dixit: Quia dabo vobis sancta David fidelia. 34

And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies of David. 34

διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 35

Ideoque et alias dicit: Non dabis sanctum tuum videre corruptionem. 35

Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see corruption. 35

δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ ἐκοιμήθη καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶδεν διαφθοράν, 36

David enim in sua generatione cum administrasset, voluntati Dei dormivit: et appositus est ad patres suos, et vidit corruptionem. 36

For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption: 36

ὃν δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 37

Quem vero Deus suscitavit a mortuis, non vidit corruptionem. 37

But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption. 37

γνωστὸν οὗν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται <, καὶ> ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν νόμῳ μωϊσέως δικαιωθῆναι 38

Notum igitur sit vobis, viri fratres, quia per hunc vobis remissio peccatorum annuntiatur, et ab omnibus quibus non potuistis in lege Moysi justificari, 38

Be it known unto you therefore, men and brethren, that through this man is preached unto you the forgiveness of sins: 38

ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. 39

in hoc omnis qui credit, justificatur. 39

And by him all that believe are justified from all things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. 39

βλέπετε οὗν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, 40

Videte ergo ne superveniat vobis quod dictum est in prophetis: 40

Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets; 40

ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε καὶ ἀφανίσθητε, ὅτι ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν. 41

Videte contemptores, et admiramini, et disperdimini: quia opus operor ego in diebus vestris,opus quod non credetis, si quis enarraverit vobis. 41

Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you. 41

ἐξιόντων δὲ αὐτῶν παρεκάλουν εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα. 42

Exeuntibus autem illis rogabant ut sequenti sabbato loquerentur sibi verba hæc. 42

And when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue, the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath. 42

λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ τῶν ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων προσηλύτων τῶ παύλῳ καὶ τῶ βαρναβᾷ, οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ. 43

Cumque dimissa esset synagoga, secuti sunt multi Judæorum, et colentium advenarum, Paulum et Barnabam: qui loquentes suadebant eis ut permanerent in gratia Dei. 43

Now when the congregation was broken up, many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. 43

τῶ δὲ ἐρχομένῳ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου. 44

Sequenti vero sabbato pene universa civitas convenit audire verbum Dei. 44

And the next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God. 44

ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἰουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου καὶ ἀντέλεγον τοῖς ὑπὸ παύλου λαλουμένοις βλασφημοῦντες. 45

Videntes autem turbas Judæi, repleti sunt zelo, et contradicebant his quæ a Paulo dicebantur, blasphemantes. 45

But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spake against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. 45

παρρησιασάμενοί τε ὁ παῦλος καὶ ὁ βαρναβᾶς εἶπαν, ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. 46

Tunc constanter Paulus et Barnabas dixerunt: Vobis oportebat primum loqui verbum Dei: sed quoniam repellitis illud, et indignos vos judicatis æternæ vitæ, ecce convertimur ad gentes. 46

Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles. 46

οὕτως γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. 47

Sic enim præcepit nobis Dominus: Posui te in lucem gentium, ut sis in salutem usque ad extremum terræ. 47

For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth. 47

ἀκούοντα δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον· 48

Audientes autem gentes, gavisæ sunt, et glorificabant verbum Domini: et crediderunt quotquot erant præordinati ad vitam æternam. 48

And when the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed. 48

διεφέρετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς χώρας. 49

Disseminabatur autem verbum Domini per universam regionem. 49

And the word of the Lord was published throughout all the region. 49

οἱ δὲ ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν παῦλον καὶ βαρναβᾶν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν. 50

Judæi autem concitaverunt mulieres religiosas et honestas, et primos civitatis, et excitaverunt persecutionem in Paulum et Barnabam: et ejecerunt eos de finibus suis. 50

But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of their coasts. 50

οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἦλθον εἰς ἰκόνιον, 51

At illi excusso pulvere pedum in eos, venerunt Iconium. 51

But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium. 51

οἵ τε μαθηταὶ ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. 52

Discipuli quoque replebantur gaudio, et Spiritu Sancto. 52

And the disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost. 52

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 14

Cap. 14

The Acts of the Apostles 14

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἰκονίῳ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν ἰουδαίων καὶ λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε πιστεῦσαι ἰουδαίων τε καὶ ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. 1

Factum est autem Iconii, ut simul introirent in synagogam Judæorum, et loquerentur, ita ut crederet Judæorum et Græcorum copiosa multitudo. 1

And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake, that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed. 1

οἱ δὲ ἀπειθήσαντες ἰουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 2

Qui vero increduli fuerunt Judæi, suscitaverunt et ad iracundiam concitaverunt animas gentium adversus fratres. 2

But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil affected against the brethren. 2

ἱκανὸν μὲν οὗν χρόνον διέτριψαν παρρησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῶ κυρίῳ τῶ μαρτυροῦντι <ἐπὶ> τῶ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 3

Multo igitur tempore demorati sunt, fiducialiter agentes in Domino, testimonium perhibente verbo gratiæ suæ, dante signa et prodigia fieri per manus eorum. 3

Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord, which gave testimony unto the word of his grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands. 3

ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς ἰουδαίοις οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. 4

Divisa est autem multitudo civitatis: et quidam quidem erant cum Judæis, quidam vero cum Apostolis. 4

But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles. 4

ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν τε καὶ ἰουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, 5

Cum autem factus esset impetus gentilium et Judæorum cum principibus suis, ut contumeliis afficerent, et lapidarent eos, 5

And when there was an assault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them despitefully, and to stone them, 5

συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς λυκαονίας λύστραν καὶ δέρβην καὶ τὴν περίχωρον, 6

intelligentes confugerunt ad civitates Lycaoniæ Lystram et Derben, et universam in circuitu regionem, 6

They were ware of it, and fled unto Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and unto the region that lieth round about: 6

κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν. 7

et ibi evangelizantes erant. 6

And there they preached the gospel. 7

καί τις ἀνὴρ ἀδύνατος ἐν λύστροις τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκάθητο, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, ὃς οὐδέποτε περιεπάτησεν. 8

Et quidam vir Lystris infirmus pedibus sedebat, claudus ex utero matris suæ, qui numquam ambulaverat. 7

And there sat a certain man at Lystra, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother’s womb, who never had walked: 8

οὖτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ παύλου λαλοῦντος· ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῶ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 9

Hic audivit Paulum loquentem. Qui intuitus eum, et videns quia fidem haberet ut salvus fieret, 8

The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him, and perceiving that he had faith to be healed, 9

εἶπεν μεγάλῃ φωνῇ, ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός. καὶ ἥλατο καὶ περιεπάτει. 10

dixit magna voce: Surge super pedes tuos rectus. Et exilivit, et ambulabat. 9

Said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped and walked. 10

οἵ τε ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν παῦλος ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς· 11

Turbæ autem cum vidissent quod fecerat Paulus, levaverunt vocem suam lycaonice, dicentes: Dii similes facti hominibus descenderunt ad nos. 10

And when the people saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men. 11

ἐκάλουν τε τὸν βαρναβᾶν δία, τὸν δὲ παῦλον ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου. 12

Et vocabant Barnabam Jovem, Paulum vero Mercurium: quoniam ipse erat dux verbi. 11

And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker. 12

ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. 13

Sacerdos quoque Jovis, qui erat ante civitatem, tauros et coronas ante januas afferens, cum populis volebat sacrificare. 12

Then the priest of Jupiter, which was before their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the people. 13

ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι βαρναβᾶς καὶ παῦλος, διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἐξεπήδησαν εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζοντες 14

Quod ubi audierunt Apostoli, Barnabas et Paulus, conscissis tunicis suis exilierunt in turbas, clamantes 13

Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying out, 14

καὶ λέγοντες, ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ θεὸν ζῶντα ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· 15

et dicentes: Viri, quid hæc facitis? et nos mortales sumus, similes vobis homines, annuntiantes vobis ab his vanis converti ad Deum vivum, qui fecit cælum, et terram, et mare, et omnia quæ in eis sunt: 14

And saying, Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and preach unto you that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein: 15

ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν· 16

qui in præteritis generationibus dimisit omnes gentes ingredi vias suas. 15

Who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways. 16

καίτοι οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὐτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀγαθουργῶν, οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν. 17

Et quidem non sine testimonio semetipsum reliquit benefaciens de cælo, dans pluvias et tempora fructifera, implens cibo et lætitia corda nostra. 16

Nevertheless he left not himself without witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness. 17

καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς. 18

Et hæc dicentes, vix sedaverunt turbas ne sibi immolarent. 17

And with these sayings scarce restrained they the people, that they had not done sacrifice unto them. 18

ἐπῆλθαν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀντιοχείας καὶ ἰκονίου ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ λιθάσαντες τὸν παῦλον ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι. 19

Supervenerunt autem quidam ab Antiochia et Iconio Judæi: et persuasis turbis, lapidantesque Paulum, traxerunt extra civitatem, existimantes eum mortuum esse. 18

And there came thither certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium, who persuaded the people, and having stoned Paul, drew him out of the city, supposing he had been dead. 19

κυκλωσάντων δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῶ βαρναβᾷ εἰς δέρβην. 20

Circumdantibus autem eum discipulis, surgens intravit civitatem, et postera die profectus est cum Barnaba in Derben. 19

Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and came into the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe. 20

εὐαγγελισάμενοί τε τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν λύστραν καὶ εἰς ἰκόνιον καὶ εἰς ἀντιόχειαν, 21

Cumque evangelizassent civitati illi, et docuissent multos, reversi sunt Lystram, et Iconium, et Antiochiam, 20

And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many, they returned again to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch, 21

ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει, καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 22

confirmantes animas discipulorum, exhortantesque ut permanerent in fide: et quoniam per multas tribulationes oportet nos intrare in regnum Dei. 21

Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God. 22

χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῶ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. 23

Et cum constituissent illis per singulas ecclesias presbyteros, et orassent cum jejunationibus, commendaverunt eos Domino, in quem crediderunt. 22

And when they had ordained them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they believed. 23

καὶ διελθόντες τὴν πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς τὴν παμφυλίαν, 24

Transeuntesque Pisidiam, venerunt in Pamphyliam, 23

And after they had passed throughout Pisidia, they came to Pamphylia. 24

καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν πέργῃ τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν εἰς ἀττάλειαν. 25

et loquentes verbum Domini in Perge, descenderunt in Attaliam: 24

And when they had preached the word in Perga, they went down into Attalia: 25

κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ἀντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. 26

et inde navigaverunt Antiochiam, unde erant traditi gratiæ Dei in opus quod compleverunt. 25

And thence sailed to Antioch, from whence they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 26

παραγενόμενοι δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀνήγγελλον ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως. 27

Cum autem venissent, et congregassent ecclesiam, retulerunt quanta fecisset Deus cum illis, et quia aperuisset gentibus ostium fidei. 26

And when they were come, and had gathered the church together, they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how he had opened the door of faith unto the Gentiles. 27

διέτριβον δὲ χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. 28

Morati sunt autem tempus non modicum cum discipulis. 27

And there they abode long time with the disciples. 28

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 15

Cap. 15

The Acts of the Apostles 15

καί τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἰουδαίας ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῶ ἔθει τῶ μωϊσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι. 1

Et quidam descendentes de Judæa docebant fratres: Quia nisi circumcidamini secundum morem Moysi, non potestis salvari. 1

And certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brethren, and said, Except ye be circumcised after the manner of Moses, ye cannot be saved. 1

γενομένης δὲ στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης τῶ παύλῳ καὶ τῶ βαρναβᾷ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν παῦλον καὶ βαρναβᾶν καί τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου. 2

Facta ergo seditione non minima Paulo et Barnabæ adversus illos, statuerunt ut ascenderent Paulus et Barnabas, et quidam alii ex aliis ad Apostolos et presbyteros in Jerusalem super hac quæstione. 2

When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question. 2

οἱ μὲν οὗν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διήρχοντο τήν τε φοινίκην καὶ σαμάρειαν ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 3

Illi ergo deducti ab ecclesia pertransibant Phœnicen et Samariam, narrantes conversionem gentium: et faciebant gaudium magnum omnibus fratribus. 3

And being brought on their way by the church, they passed through Phenice and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto all the brethren. 3

παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ παρεδέχθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν τε ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. 4

Cum autem venissent Jerosolymam, suscepti sunt ab ecclesia, et ab Apostolis et senioribus, annuntiantes quanta Deus fecisset cum illis. 4

And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church, and of the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God had done with them. 4

ἐξανέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν φαρισαίων πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες ὅτι δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς παραγγέλλειν τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον μωϊσέως. 5

Surrexerunt autem quidam de hæresi pharisæorum, qui crediderunt, dicentes quia oportet circumcidi eos, præcipere quoque servare legem Moysi. 5

But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed, saying, That it was needful to circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law of Moses. 5

συνήχθησάν τε οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου. 6

Conveneruntque Apostoli et seniores videre de verbo hoc. 6

And the apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter. 6

πολλῆς δὲ ζητήσεως γενομένης ἀναστὰς πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων ἐν ὑμῖν ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καὶ πιστεῦσαι· 7

Cum autem magna conquisitio fieret, surgens Petrus dixit ad eos: Viri fratres, vos scitis quoniam ab antiquis diebus Deus in nobis elegit, per os meum audire gentes verbum Evangelii et credere. 7

And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Men and brethren, ye know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. 7

καὶ ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν, 8

Et qui novit corda Deus, testimonium perhibuit, dans illis Spiritum Sanctum, sicut et nobis, 8

And God, which knoweth the hearts, bare them witness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as he did unto us; 8

καὶ οὐθὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν, τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν. 9

et nihil discrevit inter nos et illos, fide purificans corda eorum. 9

And put no difference between us and them, purifying their hearts by faith. 9

νῦν οὗν τί πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι; 10

Nunc ergo quid tentatis Deum, imponere jugum super cervices discipulorum quod neque patres nostri, neque nos portare potuimus? 10

Now therefore why tempt ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? 10

ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ᾽ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. 11

sed per gratiam Domini Jesu Christi credimus salvari, quemadmodum et illi. 11

But we believe that through the grace of the LORD Jesus Christ we shall be saved, even as they. 11

ἐσίγησεν δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον βαρναβᾶ καὶ παύλου ἐξηγουμένων ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν δι᾽ αὐτῶν. 12

Tacuit autem omnis multitudo: et audiebant Barnabam et Paulum narrantes quanta Deus fecisset signa et prodigia per eos. 12

Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them. 12

μετὰ δὲ τὸ σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη ἰάκωβος λέγων, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ μου. 13

Et postquam tacuerunt, respondit Jacobus, dicens: Viri fratres, audite me. 13

And after they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Men and brethren, hearken unto me: 13

συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν τῶ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. 14

Simon narravit quemadmodum primum Deus visitavit sumere ex gentibus populum nomini suo. 14

Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name. 14

καὶ τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, 15

Et huic concordant verba prophetarum: sicut scriptum est: 15

And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written, 15

μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν δαυὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, 16

Post hæc revertar,et reædificabo tabernaculum David quod decidit: et diruta ejus reædificabo,et erigam illud: 16

After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up: 16

ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν κύριον, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, λέγει κύριος ποιῶν ταῦτα 17

ut requirant ceteri hominum Dominum,et omnes gentes super quas invocatum est nomen meum,dicit Dominus faciens hæc. 17

That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things. 17

γνωστὰ ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος. 18

Notum a sæculo est Domino opus suum. 18

Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world. 18

διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, 19

Propter quod ego judico non inquietari eos qui ex gentibus convertuntur ad Deum, 19

Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God: 19

ἀλλὰ ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος· 20

sed scribere ad eos ut abstineant se a contaminationibus simulacrorum, et fornicatione, et suffocatis, et sanguine. 20

But that we write unto them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood. 20

μωϊσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. 21

Moyses enim a temporibus antiquis habet in singulis civitatibus qui eum prædicent in synagogis, ubi per omne sabbatum legitur. 21

For Moses of old time hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath day. 21

τότε ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν πέμψαι εἰς ἀντιόχειαν σὺν τῶ παύλῳ καὶ βαρναβᾷ, ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον βαρσαββᾶν καὶ σιλᾶν, ἄνδρας ἡγουμένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, 22

Tunc placuit Apostolis et senioribus cum omni ecclesia eligere viros ex eis, et mittere Antiochiam cum Paulo et Barnaba: Judam, qui cognominabatur Barsabas, et Silam, viros primos in fratribus: 22

Then pleased it the apostles and elders with the whole church, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed Barsabas and Silas, chief men among the brethren: 22

γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν, οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἀδελφοὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀντιόχειαν καὶ συρίαν καὶ κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν χαίρειν. 23

scribentes per manus eorum: Apostoli et seniores fratres, his qui sunt Antiochiæ, et Syriæ, et Ciliciæ, fratribus ex gentibus, salutem. 23

And they wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren send greeting unto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia. 23

ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν <ἐξελθόντες> ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα, 24

Quoniam audivimus quia quidam ex nobis exeuntes, turbaverunt vos verbis, evertentes animas vestras, quibus non mandavimus, 24

Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain which went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying, Ye must be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no such commandment: 24

ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἡμῶν βαρναβᾷ καὶ παύλῳ, 25

placuit nobis collectis in unum eligere viros, et mittere ad vos cum carissimis nostris Barnaba et Paulo, 25

It seemed good unto us, being assembled with one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 25

ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 26

hominibus qui tradiderunt animas suas pro nomine Domini nostri Jesu Christi. 26

Men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. 26

ἀπεστάλκαμεν οὗν ἰούδαν καὶ σιλᾶν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά. 27

Misimus ergo Judam et Silam, qui et ipsi vobis verbis referent eadem. 27

We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, who shall also tell you the same things by mouth. 27

ἔδοξεν γὰρ τῶ πνεύματι τῶ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες, 28

Visum est enim Spiritui Sancto et nobis nihil ultra imponere vobis oneris quam hæc necessaria: 28

For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things; 28

ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτῶν καὶ πορνείας· ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς εὗ πράξετε. ἔρρωσθε. 29

ut abstineatis vos ab immolatis simulacrorum, et sanguine, et suffocato, et fornicatione: a quibus custodientes vos, bene agetis. Valete. 29

That ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication: from which if ye keep yourselves, ye shall do well. Fare ye well. 29

οἱ μὲν οὗν ἀπολυθέντες κατῆλθον εἰς ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πλῆθος ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν· 30

Illi ergo dimissi, descenderunt Antiochiam: et congregata multitudine tradiderunt epistolam. 30

So when they were dismissed, they came to Antioch: and when they had gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle: 30

ἀναγνόντες δὲ ἐχάρησαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. 31

Quam cum legissent, gavisi sunt super consolatione. 31

Which when they had read, they rejoiced for the consolation. 31

ἰούδας τε καὶ σιλᾶς, καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες, διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν· 32

Judas autem et Silas, et ipsi cum essent prophetæ, verbo plurimo consolati sunt fratres, et confirmaverunt. 32

And Judas and Silas, being prophets also themselves, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them. 32

ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον ἀπελύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς. 33

Facto autem ibi aliquanto tempore, dimissi sunt cum pace a fratribus ad eos qui miserant illos. 33

And after they had tarried there a space, they were let go in peace from the brethren unto the apostles. 33

Visum est autem Silæ ibi remanere: Judas autem solus abiit Jerusalem. 34

Notwithstanding it pleased Silas to abide there still. 34

παῦλος δὲ καὶ βαρναβᾶς διέτριβον ἐν ἀντιοχείᾳ διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου. 35

Paulus autem et Barnabas demorabantur Antiochiæ, docentes et evangelizantes cum aliis pluribus verbum Domini. 35

Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also. 35

μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν πρὸς βαρναβᾶν παῦλος, ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς ἔχουσιν. 36

Post aliquot autem dies, dixit ad Barnabam Paulus: Revertentes visitemus fratres per universas civitates in quibus prædicavimus verbum Domini, quomodo se habeant. 36

And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where we have preached the word of the LORD, and see how they do. 36

βαρναβᾶς δὲ ἐβούλετο συμπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον μᾶρκον· 37

Barnabas autem volebat secum assumere et Joannem, qui cognominabatur Marcus. 37

And Barnabas determined to take with them John, whose surname was Mark. 37

παῦλος δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ παμφυλίας καὶ μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον μὴ συμπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον. 38

Paulus autem rogabat eum (ut qui discessisset ab eis de Pamphylia, et non isset cum eis in opus) non debere recipi. 38

But Paul thought not good to take him with them, who departed from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to the work. 38

ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, τόν τε βαρναβᾶν παραλαβόντα τὸν μᾶρκον ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς κύπρον. 39

Facta est autem dissensio, ita ut discederent ab invicem, et Barnabas quidem, assumpto Marco, navigaret Cyprum. 39

And the contention was so sharp between them, that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark, and sailed unto Cyprus; 39

παῦλος δὲ ἐπιλεξάμενος σιλᾶν ἐξῆλθεν παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, 40

Paulus vero, electo Sila, profectus est, traditus gratiæ Dei a fratribus. 40

And Paul chose Silas, and departed, being recommended by the brethren unto the grace of God. 40

διήρχετο δὲ τὴν συρίαν καὶ <τὴν> κιλικίαν ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. 41

Perambulabat autem Syriam et Ciliciam, confirmans ecclesias: præcipiens custodire præcepta Apostolorum et seniorum. 41

And he went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches. 41

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 16

Cap. 16

The Acts of the Apostles 16

κατήντησεν δὲ <καὶ> εἰς δέρβην καὶ εἰς λύστραν. καὶ ἰδοὺ μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικὸς ἰουδαίας πιστῆς πατρὸς δὲ ἕλληνος, 1

Pervenit autem Derben et Lystram. Et ecce discipulus quidam erat ibi nomine Timotheus, filius mulieris Judææ fidelis, patre gentili. 1

Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and, behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain woman, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek: 1

ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν λύστροις καὶ ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 2

Huic testimonium bonum reddebant qui in Lystris erant et Iconio fratres. 2

Which was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium. 2

τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ παῦλος σὺν αὐτῶ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις, ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν. 3

Hunc voluit Paulus secum proficisci: et assumens circumcidit eum propter Judæos qui erant in illis locis. Sciebant enim omnes quod pater ejus erat gentilis. 3

Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek. 3

ὡς δὲ διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις, παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν ἱεροσολύμοις. 4

Cum autem pertransirent civitates, tradebant eis custodiri dogmata quæ erant decreta ab Apostolis et senioribus qui erant Jerosolymis. 4

And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem. 4

αἱ μὲν οὗν ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῶ ἀριθμῶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν. 5

Et ecclesiæ quidem confirmabantur fide, et abundabunt numero quotidie. 5

And so were the churches established in the faith, and increased in number daily. 5

διῆλθον δὲ τὴν φρυγίαν καὶ γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ ἀσίᾳ· 6

Transeuntes autem Phrygiam et Galatiæ regionem, vetati sunt a Spiritu Sancto loqui verbum Dei in Asia. 6

Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia, 6

ἐλθόντες δὲ κατὰ τὴν μυσίαν ἐπείραζον εἰς τὴν βιθυνίαν πορευθῆναι, καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα ἰησοῦ· 7

Cum venissent autem in Mysiam, tentabant ire in Bithyniam: et non permisit eos Spiritus Jesu. 7

After they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered them not. 7

παρελθόντες δὲ τὴν μυσίαν κατέβησαν εἰς τρῳάδα. 8

Cum autem pertransissent Mysiam, descenderunt Troadem: 8

And they passing by Mysia came down to Troas. 8

καὶ ὅραμα διὰ <τῆς> νυκτὸς τῶ παύλῳ ὤφθη, ἀνὴρ μακεδών τις ἦν ἑστὼς καὶ παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων, διαβὰς εἰς μακεδονίαν βοήθησον ἡμῖν. 9

et visio per noctem Paulo ostensa est: vir Macedo quidam erat stans et deprecans eum, et dicens: Transiens in Macedoniam, adjuva nos. 9

And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and prayed him, saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us. 9

ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. 10

Ut autem visum vidit, statim quæsivimus proficisci in Macedoniam, certi facti quod vocasset nos Deus evangelizare eis. 10

And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them. 10

ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τρῳάδος εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς σαμοθρᾴκην, τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς νέαν πόλιν, 11

Navigantes autem a Troade, recto cursu venimus Samothraciam, et sequenti die Neapolim: 11

Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Neapolis; 11

κἀκεῖθεν εἰς φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη<ς> μερίδος τῆς μακεδονίας πόλις, κολωνία. ἦμεν δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς. 12

et inde Philippos, quæ est prima partis Macedoniæ civitas, colonia. Eramus autem in hac urbe diebus aliquot, conferentes. 12

And from thence to Philippi, which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days. 12

τῇ τε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐξήλθομεν ἔξω τῆς πύλης παρὰ ποταμὸν οὖ ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν εἶναι, καὶ καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς συνελθούσαις γυναιξίν. 13

Die autem sabbatorum egressi sumus foras portam juxta flumen, ubi videbatur oratio esse: et sedentes loquebamur mulieribus quæ convenerant. 13

And on the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side, where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down, and spake unto the women which resorted thither. 13

καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι λυδία, πορφυρόπωλις πόλεως θυατείρων σεβομένη τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν, ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ παύλου. 14

Et quædam mulier nomine Lydia, purpuraria civitatis Thyatirenorum, colens Deum, audivit: cujus Dominus aperuit cor intendere his quæ dicebantur a Paulo. 14

And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, which worshipped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened, that she attended unto the things which were spoken of Paul. 14

ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς, παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, εἰ κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν τῶ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου μένετε· καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. 15

Cum autem baptizata esset, et domus ejus, deprecata est, dicens: Si judicastis me fidelem Domino esse, introite in domum meam, et manete. Et coëgit nos. 15

And when she was baptized, and her household, she besought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained us. 15

ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν προσευχὴν παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα πύθωνα ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη. 16

Factum est autem euntibus nobis ad orationem, puellam quamdam habentem spiritum pythonem obviare nobis, quæ quæstum magnum præstabat dominis suis divinando. 16

And it came to pass, as we went to prayer, a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us, which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying: 16

αὕτη κατακολουθοῦσα τῶ παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, οὖτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ὑμῖν ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. 17

Hæc subsecuta Paulum et nos, clamabat dicens: Isti homines servi Dei excelsi sunt, qui annuntiant vobis viam salutis. 17

The same followed Paul and us, and cried, saying, These men are the servants of the most high God, which shew unto us the way of salvation. 17

τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. διαπονηθεὶς δὲ παῦλος καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῶ πνεύματι εἶπεν, παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀνόματι ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. 18

Hoc autem faciebat multis diebus. Dolens autem Paulus, et conversus, spiritui dixit: Præcipio tibi in nomine Jesu Christi exire ab ea. Et exiit eadem hora. 18

And this did she many days. But Paul, being grieved, turned and said to the spirit, I command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And he came out the same hour. 18

ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν ἐπιλαβόμενοι τὸν παῦλον καὶ τὸν σιλᾶν εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, 19

Videntes autem domini ejus quia exivit spes quæstus eorum, apprehendentes Paulum et Silam, perduxerunt in forum ad principes: 19

And when her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone, they caught Paul and Silas, and drew them into the marketplace unto the rulers, 19

καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς εἶπαν, οὖτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν ἰουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες, 20

et offerentes eos magistratibus, dixerunt: Hi homines conturbant civitatem nostram, cum sint Judæi: 20

And brought them to the magistrates, saying, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, 20

καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν ῥωμαίοις οὗσιν. 21

et annuntiant morem quem non licet nobis suscipere neque facere, cum simus Romani. 21

And teach customs, which are not lawful for us to receive, neither to observe, being Romans. 21

καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ περιρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν, 22

Et cucurrit plebs adversus eos: et magistratus, scissis tunicis eorum, jusserunt eos virgis cædi. 22

And the multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates rent off their clothes, and commanded to beat them. 22

πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῶ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς· 23

Et cum multas plagas eis imposuissent, miserunt eos in carcerem, præcipientes custodi ut diligenter custodiret eos. 23

And when they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailor to keep them safely: 23

ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακὴν καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον. 24

Qui cum tale præceptum accepisset, misit eos in interiorem carcerem, et pedes eorum strinxit ligno. 24

Who, having received such a charge, thrust them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks. 24

κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον παῦλος καὶ σιλᾶς προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν θεόν, ἐπηκροῶντο δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι· 25

Media autem nocte Paulus et Silas orantes, laudabant Deum: et audiebant eos qui in custodia erant. 25

And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God: and the prisoners heard them. 25

ἄφνω δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου, ἠνεῴχθησαν δὲ παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. 26

Subito vero terræmotus factus est magnus, ita ut moverentur fundamenta carceris. Et statim aperta sunt omnia ostia: et universorum vincula soluta sunt. 26

And suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened, and every one’s bands were loosed. 26

ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος <τὴν> μάχαιραν ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους. 27

Expergefactus autem custos carceris, et videns januas apertas carceris, evaginato gladio volebat se interficere, æstimans fugisse vinctos. 27

And the keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep, and seeing the prison doors open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself, supposing that the prisoners had been fled. 27

ἐφώνησεν δὲ μεγάλῃ φωνῇ <ὁ> παῦλος λέγων, μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῶ κακόν, ἅπαντες γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. 28

Clamavit autem Paulus voce magna, dicens: Nihil tibi mali feceris: universi enim hic sumus. 28

But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all here. 28

αἰτήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος γενόμενος προσέπεσεν τῶ παύλῳ καὶ <τῶ> σιλᾷ, 29

Petitoque lumine, introgressus est: et tremefactus procidit Paulo et Silæ ad pedes: 29

Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas, 29

καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω ἔφη, κύριοι, τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ; 30

et producens eos foras, ait: Domini, quid me oportet facere, ut salvus fiam? 30

And brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? 30

οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ἰησοῦν, καὶ σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου. 31

At illi dixerunt: Crede in Dominum Jesum, et salvus eris tu, et domus tua. 31

And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house. 31

καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῶ τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ. 32

Et locuti sunt ei verbum Domini cum omnibus qui erant in domo ejus. 32

And they spake unto him the word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house. 32

καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα, 33

Et tollens eos in illa hora noctis, lavit plagas eorum: et baptizatus est ipse, et omnis domus ejus continuo. 33

And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, straightway. 33

ἀναγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο πανοικεὶ πεπιστευκὼς τῶ θεῶ. 34

Cumque perduxisset eos in domum suam, apposuit eis mensam, et lætatus est cum omni domo sua credens Deo. 34

And when he had brought them into his house, he set meat before them, and rejoiced, believing in God with all his house. 34

ἡμέρας δὲ γενομένης ἀπέστειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους. 35

Et cum dies factus esset, miserunt magistratus lictores, dicentes: Dimitte homines illos. 35

And when it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go. 35

ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ τοὺς λόγους <τούτους> πρὸς τὸν παῦλον, ὅτι ἀπέσταλκαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε· νῦν οὗν ἐξελθόντες πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. 36

Nuntiavit autem custos carceris verba hæc Paulo: Quia miserunt magistratus ut dimittamini: nunc igitur exeuntes, ite in pace. 36

And the keeper of the prison told this saying to Paul, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore depart, and go in peace. 36

ὁ δὲ παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν· καὶ νῦν λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν; οὐ γάρ, ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. 37

Paulus autem dixit eis: Cæsos nos publice, indemnatos homines Romanos, miserunt in carcerem: et nunc occulte nos ejiciunt? Non ita: sed veniant, 37

But Paul said unto them, They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves and fetch us out. 37

ἀπήγγειλαν δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα. ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν, 38

et ipsi nos ejiciant. Nuntiaverunt autem magistratibus lictores verba hæc. Timueruntque audito quod Romani essent: 38

And the serjeants told these words unto the magistrates: and they feared, when they heard that they were Romans. 38

καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες ἠρώτων ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως. 39

et venientes deprecati sunt eos, et educentes rogabant ut egrederentur de urbe. 39

And they came and besought them, and brought them out, and desired them to depart out of the city. 39

ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν λυδίαν, καὶ ἰδόντες παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐξῆλθαν. 40

Exeuntes autem de carcere, introierunt ad Lydiam: et visis fratribus consolati sunt eos, et profecti sunt. 40

And they went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and departed. 40

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 17

Cap. 17

The Acts of the Apostles 17

διοδεύσαντες δὲ τὴν ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν ἀπολλωνίαν ἦλθον εἰς θεσσαλονίκην, ὅπου ἦν συναγωγὴ τῶν ἰουδαίων. 1

Cum autem perambulassent Amphipolim et Apolloniam, venerunt Thessalonicam, ubi erat synagoga Judæorum. 1

Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews: 1

κατὰ δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῶ παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, 2

Secundum consuetudinem autem Paulus introivit ad eos, et per sabbata tria disserebat eis de Scripturis, 2

And Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them, and three sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures, 2

διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος ὅτι τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει παθεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ὅτι οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός, <ὁ> ἰησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 3

adaperiens et insinuans quia Christum oportuit pati, et resurgere a mortuis: et quia hic est Jesus Christus, quem ego annuntio vobis. 3

Opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is Christ. 3

καί τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῶ παύλῳ καὶ τῶ σιλᾷ, τῶν τε σεβομένων ἑλλήνων πλῆθος πολὺ γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. 4

Et quidam ex eis crediderunt et adjuncti sunt Paulo et Silæ: et de colentibus gentilibusque multitudo magna, et mulieres nobiles non paucæ. 4

And some of them believed, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few. 4

ζηλώσαντες δὲ οἱ ἰουδαῖοι καὶ προσλαβόμενοι τῶν ἀγοραίων ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἰάσονος ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον. 5

Zelantes autem Judæi, assumentesque de vulgo viros quosdam malos, et turba facta, concitaverunt civitatem: et assistentes domui Jasonis quærebant eos producere in populum. 5

But the Jews which believed not, moved with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people. 5

μὴ εὑρόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔσυρον ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες ὅτι οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες οὖτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, 6

Et cum non invenissent eos, trahebant Jasonem et quosdam fratres ad principes civitatis, clamantes: Quoniam hi qui urbem concitant, et huc venerunt, 6

And when they found them not, they drew Jason and certain brethren unto the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come hither also; 6

οὓς ὑποδέδεκται ἰάσων· καὶ οὖτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων καίσαρος πράσσουσι, βασιλέα ἕτερον λέγοντες εἶναι ἰησοῦν. 7

quos suscepit Jason, et hi omnes contra decreta Cæsaris faciunt, regem alium dicentes esse, Jesum. 7

Whom Jason hath received: and these all do contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus. 7

ἐτάραξαν δὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας ταῦτα, 8

Concitaverunt autem plebem et principes civitatis audientes hæc. 8

And they troubled the people and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things. 8

καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. 9

Et accepta satisfactione a Jasone et a ceteris, dimiserunt eos. 9

And when they had taken security of Jason, and of the other, they let them go. 9

οἱ δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν τε παῦλον καὶ τὸν σιλᾶν εἰς βέροιαν, οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν ἰουδαίων ἀπῄεσαν. 10

Fratres vero confestim per noctem dimiserunt Paulum et Silam in Berœam. Qui cum venissent, in synagogam Judæorum introierunt. 10

And the brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who coming thither went into the synagogue of the Jews. 10

οὖτοι δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν θεσσαλονίκῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως. 11

Hi autem erant nobiliores eorum qui sunt Thessalonicæ, qui susceperunt verbum cum omni aviditate, quotidie scrutantes Scripturas, si hæc ita se haberent. 11

These were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, and searched the scriptures daily, whether those things were so. 11

πολλοὶ μὲν οὗν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ τῶν ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. 12

Et multi quidem crediderunt ex eis, et mulierum gentilium honestarum, et viri non pauci. 12

Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks, and of men, not a few. 12

ὡς δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς θεσσαλονίκης ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες καὶ ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους. 13

Cum autem cognovissent in Thessalonica Judæi quia et Berœæ prædicatum est a Paulo verbum Dei, venerunt et illuc commoventes, et turbantes multitudinem. 13

But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea, they came thither also, and stirred up the people. 13

εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν· ὑπέμεινάν τε ὅ τε σιλᾶς καὶ ὁ τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. 14

Statimque tunc Paulum dimiserunt fratres, ut iret usque ad mare: Silas autem et Timotheus remanserunt ibi. 14

And then immediately the brethren sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still. 14

οἱ δὲ καθιστάνοντες τὸν παῦλον ἤγαγον ἕως ἀθηνῶν, καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν τιμόθεον ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθωσιν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐξῄεσαν. 15

Qui autem deducebant Paulum, perduxerunt eum usque Athenas, et accepto mandato ab eo ad Silam et Timotheum ut quam celeriter venirent ad illum, profecti sunt. 15

And they that conducted Paul brought him unto Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timotheus for to come to him with all speed, they departed. 15

ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ παύλου, παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῶ θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὗσαν τὴν πόλιν. 16

Paulus autem cum Athenis eos exspectaret, incitabatur spiritus ejus in ipso, videns idololatriæ deditam civitatem. 16

Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry. 16

διελέγετο μὲν οὗν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τοῖς ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας. 17

Disputabat igitur in synagoga cum Judæis et colentibus, et in foro, per omnes dies ad eos qui aderant. 17

Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews, and with the devout persons, and in the market daily with them that met with him. 17

τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπικουρείων καὶ στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῶ, καί τινες ἔλεγον, τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὖτος λέγειν; οἱ δέ, ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι· ὅτι τὸν ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν εὐηγγελίζετο. 18

Quidam autem epicurei et stoici philosophi disserebant cum eo, et quidam dicebant: Quid vult seminiverbius hic dicere? Alii vero: Novorum dæmoniorum videtur annuntiator esse: quia Jesum et resurrectionem annuntiabat eis. 18

Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans, and of the Stoicks, encountered him. And some said, What will this babbler say? other some, He seemeth to be a setter forth of strange gods: because he preached unto them Jesus, and the resurrection. 18

ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρειον πάγον ἤγαγον, λέγοντες, δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή; 19

Et apprehensum eum ad Areopagum duxerunt, dicentes: Possumus scire quæ est hæc nova, quæ a te dicitur, doctrina? 19

And they took him, and brought him unto Areopagus, saying, May we know what this new doctrine, whereof thou speakest, is? 19

ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν· βουλόμεθα οὗν γνῶναι τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι. 20

nova enim quædam infers auribus nostris: volumus ergo scire quidnam velint hæc esse. 20

For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean. 20

ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον. 21

(Athenienses autem omnes, et advenæ hospites, ad nihil aliud vacabant nisi aut dicere aut audire aliquid novi.) 21

(For all the Athenians and strangers which were there spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.) 21

σταθεὶς δὲ <ὁ> παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ἀρείου πάγου ἔφη, ἄνδρες ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ· 22

Stans autem Paulus in medio Areopagi, ait: Viri Athenienses, per omnia quasi superstitiosiores vos video. 22

Then Paul stood in the midst of Mars’ hill, and said, Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious. 22

διερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν εὖρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, ἀγνώστῳ θεῶ. ὃ οὗν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτο ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 23

Præteriens enim, et videns simulacra vestra, inveni et aram in qua scriptum erat: Ignoto Deo. Quod ergo ignorantes colitis, hoc ego annuntio vobis. 23

For as I passed by, and beheld your devotions, I found an altar with this inscription, TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you. 23

ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῶ, οὖτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχων κύριος οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ 24

Deus, qui fecit mundum, et omnia quæ in eo sunt, hic cæli et terræ cum sit Dominus, non in manufactis templis habitat, 24

God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that he is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands; 24

οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσι ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν καὶ τὰ πάντα· 25

nec manibus humanis colitur indigens aliquo, cum ipse det omnibus vitam, et inspirationem, et omnia: 25

Neither is worshipped with men’s hands, as though he needed any thing, seeing he giveth to all life, and breath, and all things; 25

ἐποίησέν τε ἐξ ἑνὸς πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς, ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν, 26

fecitque ex uno omne genus hominum inhabitare super universam faciem terræ, definiens statuta tempora, et terminos habitationis eorum, 26

And hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation; 26

ζητεῖν τὸν θεὸν εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν, καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. 27

quærere Deum si forte attrectent eum, aut inveniant, quamvis non longe sit ab unoquoque nostrum. 27

That they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he be not far from every one of us: 27

ἐν αὐτῶ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν, ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. 28

In ipso enim vivimus, et movemur, et sumus: sicut et quidam vestrorum poëtarum dixerunt: Ipsius enim et genus sumus. 28

For in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring. 28

γένος οὗν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ὀφείλομεν νομίζειν χρυσῶ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. 29

Genus ergo cum simus Dei, non debemus æstimare auro, aut argento, aut lapidi, sculpturæ artis, et cogitationis hominis, divinum esse simile. 29

Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by art and man’s device. 29

τοὺς μὲν οὗν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ θεὸς τὰ νῦν παραγγέλλει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας πανταχοῦ μετανοεῖν, 30

Et tempora quidem hujus ignorantiæ despiciens Deus, nunc annuntiat hominibus ut omnes ubique pœnitentiam agant, 30

And the times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where to repent: 30

καθότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν, πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 31

eo quod statuit diem in quo judicaturus est orbem in æquitate, in viro in quo statuit, fidem præbens omnibus, suscitans eum a mortuis. 31

Because he hath appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead. 31

ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον, οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ἀκουσόμεθά σου περὶ τούτου καὶ πάλιν. 32

Cum audissent autem resurrectionem mortuorum, quidam quidem irridebant, quidam vero dixerunt: Audiemus te de hoc iterum. 32

And when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will hear thee again of this matter. 32

οὕτως ὁ παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν. 33

Sic Paulus exivit de medio eorum. 33

So Paul departed from among them. 33

τινὲς δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῶ ἐπίστευσαν, ἐν οἷς καὶ διονύσιος ὁ ἀρεοπαγίτης καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι δάμαρις καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 34

Quidam vero viri adhærentes ei, crediderunt: in quibus et Dionysius Areopagita, et mulier nomine Damaris, et alii cum eis. 34

Howbeit certain men clave unto him, and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them. 34

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 18

Cap. 18

The Acts of the Apostles 18

μετὰ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς ἐκ τῶν ἀθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς κόρινθον. 1

Post hæc egressus ab Athenis, venit Corinthum: 1

After these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to Corinth; 1

καὶ εὑρών τινα ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι ἀκύλαν, ποντικὸν τῶ γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς ἰταλίας καὶ πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸ διατεταχέναι κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῆς ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς, 2

et inveniens quemdam Judæum nomine Aquilam, Ponticum genere, qui nuper venerat ab Italia, et Priscillam uxorem ejus (eo quod præcepisset Claudius discedere omnes Judæos a Roma), accessit ad eos. 2

And found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pontus, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came unto them. 2

καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι ἔμενεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἠργάζετο· ἦσαν γὰρ σκηνοποιοὶ τῇ τέχνῃ. 3

Et quia ejusdem erat artis, manebat apud eos, et operabatur. (Erant autem scenofactoriæ artis.) 3

And because he was of the same craft, he abode with them, and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers. 3

διελέγετο δὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον, ἔπειθέν τε ἰουδαίους καὶ ἕλληνας. 4

Et disputabat in synagoga per omne sabbatum, interponens nomen Domini Jesu: suadebatque Judæis et Græcis. 4

And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks. 4

ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς μακεδονίας ὅ τε σιλᾶς καὶ ὁ τιμόθεος, συνείχετο τῶ λόγῳ ὁ παῦλος, διαμαρτυρόμενος τοῖς ἰουδαίοις εἶναι τὸν χριστόν, ἰησοῦν. 5

Cum venissent autem de Macedonia Silas et Timotheus, instabat verbo Paulus, testificans Judæis esse Christum Jesum. 5

And when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ. 5

ἀντιτασσομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν· καθαρὸς ἐγώ· ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πορεύσομαι. 6

Contradicentibus autem eis, et blasphemantibus, excutiens vestimenta sua, dixit ad eos: Sanguis vester super caput vestrum: mundus ego: ex hoc ad gentes vadam. 6

And when they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean; from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles. 6

καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς οἰκίαν τινὸς ὀνόματι τιτίου ἰούστου σεβομένου τὸν θεόν, οὖ ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. 7

Et migrans inde, intravit in domum cujusdam, nomine Titi Justi, colentis Deum, cujus domus erat conjuncta synagogæ. 7

And he departed thence, and entered into a certain man’s house, named Justus, one that worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue. 7

κρίσπος δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῶ κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῶ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο. 8

Crispus autem archisynagogus credidit Domino cum omni domo sua: et multi Corinthiorum audientes credebant, et baptizabantur. 8

And Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized. 8

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος ἐν νυκτὶ δι᾽ ὁράματος τῶ παύλῳ, μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς, 9

Dixit autem Dominus nocte per visionem Paulo: Noli timere, sed loquere, et ne taceas: 9

Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace: 9

διότι ἐγώ εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε, διότι λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ. 10

propter quod ego sum tecum, et nemo apponetur tibi ut noceat te: quoniam populus est mihi multus in hac civitate. 10

For I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee: for I have much people in this city. 10

ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. 11

Sedit autem ibi annum et sex menses, docens apud eos verbum Dei. 11

And he continued there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them. 11

γαλλίωνος δὲ ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος τῆς ἀχαΐας κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ ἰουδαῖοι τῶ παύλῳ καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα, 12

Gallione autem proconsule Achaiæ, insurrexerunt uno animo Judæi in Paulum, et adduxerunt eum ad tribunal, 12

And when Gallio was the deputy of Achaia, the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul, and brought him to the judgment seat, 12

λέγοντες ὅτι παρὰ τὸν νόμον ἀναπείθει οὖτος τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν θεόν. 13

dicentes: Quia contra legem hic persuadet hominibus colere Deum. 13

Saying, This fellow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law. 13

μέλλοντος δὲ τοῦ παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα εἶπεν ὁ γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς ἰουδαίους, εἰ μὲν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἀνεσχόμην ὑμῶν· 14

Incipiente autem Paulo aperire os, dixit Gallio ad Judæos: Si quidem esset iniquum aliquid aut facinus pessimum, o viri Judæi, recte vos sustinerem. 14

And when Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness, O ye Jews, reason would that I should bear with you: 14

εἰ δὲ ζητήματά ἐστιν περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε αὐτοί· κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι. 15

Si vero quæstiones sunt de verbo, et nominibus, et lege vestra, vos ipsi videritis: judex ego horum nolo esse. 15

But if it be a question of words and names, and of your law, look ye to it; for I will be no judge of such matters. 15

καὶ ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος. 16

Et minavit eos a tribunali. 16

And he drave them from the judgment seat. 16

ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος· καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων τῶ γαλλίωνι ἔμελεν. 17

Apprehendentes autem omnes Sosthenem principem synagogæ, percutiebant eum ante tribunal: et nihil eorum Gallioni curæ erat. 17

Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes, the chief ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things. 17

ὁ δὲ παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῶ πρίσκιλλα καὶ ἀκύλας, κειράμενος ἐν κεγχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν. 18

Paulus vero cum adhuc sustinuisset dies multos fratribus valefaciens, navigavit in Syriam (et cum eo Priscilla et Aquila), qui sibi totonderat in Cenchris caput: habebat enim votum. 18

And Paul after this tarried there yet a good while, and then took his leave of the brethren, and sailed thence into Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow. 18

κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς ἔφεσον, κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸς δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν διελέξατο τοῖς ἰουδαίοις. 19

Devenitque Ephesum, et illos ibi reliquit. Ipse vero ingressus synagogam, disputabat cum Judæis. 19

And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews. 19

ἐρωτώντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι οὐκ ἐπένευσεν, 20

Rogantibus autem eis ut ampliori tempore maneret, non consensit, 20

When they desired him to tarry longer time with them, he consented not; 20

ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος καὶ εἰπών, πάλιν ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος, ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ τῆς ἐφέσου· 21

sed valefaciens, et dicens: Iterum revertar ad vos, Deo volente: profectus est ab Epheso. 21

But bade them farewell, saying, I must by all means keep this feast that cometh in Jerusalem: but I will return again unto you, if God will. And he sailed from Ephesus. 21

καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατέβη εἰς ἀντιόχειαν, 22

Et descendens Cæsaream, ascendit, et salutavit ecclesiam, et descendit Antiochiam. 22

And when he had landed at Caesarea, and gone up, and saluted the church, he went down to Antioch. 22

καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ φρυγίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς. 23

Et facto ibi aliquanto tempore profectus est, perambulans ex ordine Galaticam regionem, et Phrygiam, confirmans omnes discipulos. 23

And after he had spent some time there, he departed, and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all the disciples. 23

ἰουδαῖος δέ τις ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι, ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῶ γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. 24

Judæus autem quidam, Apollo nomine, Alexandrinus genere, vir eloquens, devenit Ephesum, potens in scripturis. 24

And a certain Jew named Apollos, born at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, came to Ephesus. 24

οὖτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῶ πνεύματι ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἰησοῦ, ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ βάπτισμα ἰωάννου. 25

Hic erat edoctus viam Domini: et fervens spiritu loquebatur, et docebat diligenter ea quæ sunt Jesu, sciens tantum baptisma Joannis. 25

This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, he spake and taught diligently the things of the Lord, knowing only the baptism of John. 25

οὖτός τε ἤρξατο παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ· ἀκούσαντες δὲ αὐτοῦ πρίσκιλλα καὶ ἀκύλας προσελάβοντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῶ ἐξέθεντο τὴν ὁδὸν <τοῦ θεοῦ>. 26

Hic ergo cœpit fiducialiter agere in synagoga. Quem cum audissent Priscilla et Aquila, assumpserunt eum, et diligentius exposuerunt ei viam Domini. 26

And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly. 26

βουλομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀχαΐαν προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν· ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος· 27

Cum autem vellet ire Achaiam, exhortati fratres, scripserunt discipulis ut susciperent eum. Qui cum venisset, contulit multum his qui crediderant. 27

And when he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the brethren wrote, exhorting the disciples to receive him: who, when he was come, helped them much which had believed through grace: 27

εὐτόνως γὰρ τοῖς ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν, ἰησοῦν. 28

Vehementer enim Judæos revincebat publice, ostendens per Scripturas esse Christum Jesum. 28

For he mightily convinced the Jews, and that publickly, shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ. 28

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 19

Cap. 19

The Acts of the Apostles 19

ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῶ τὸν ἀπολλῶ εἶναι ἐν κορίνθῳ παῦλον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη <κατ>ελθεῖν εἰς ἔφεσον καὶ εὑρεῖν τινας μαθητάς, 1

Factum est autem cum Apollo esset Corinthi, ut Paulus peragratis superioribus partibus veniret Ephesum, et inveniret quosdam discipulos: 1

And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples, 1

εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες; οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν. 2

dixitque ad eos: Si Spiritum Sanctum accepistis credentes? At illi dixerunt ad eum: Sed neque si Spiritus Sanctus est, audivimus. 2

He said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. 2

εἶπέν τε, εἰς τί οὗν ἐβαπτίσθητε; οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, εἰς τὸ ἰωάννου βάπτισμα. 3

Ille vero ait: In quo ergo baptizati estis? Qui dixerunt: In Joannis baptismate. 3

And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John’s baptism. 3

εἶπεν δὲ παῦλος, ἰωάννης ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῶ λαῶ λέγων εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν εἰς τὸν ἰησοῦν. 4

Dixit autem Paulus: Joannes baptizavit baptismo pœnitentiæ populum, dicens in eum qui venturus esset post ipsum ut crederent, hoc est, in Jesum. 4

Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. 4

ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπτίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ· 5

His auditis, baptizati sunt in nomine Domini Jesu. 5

When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. 5

καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ παύλου <τὰς> χεῖρας ἦλθε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον. 6

Et cum imposuisset illis manus Paulus, venit Spiritus Sanctus super eos, et loquebantur linguis, et prophetabant. 6

And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. 6

ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα. 7

Erant autem omnes viri fere duodecim. 7

And all the men were about twelve. 7

εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων <τὰ> περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. 8

Introgressus autem synagogam, cum fiducia loquebatur per tres menses, disputans et suadens de regno Dei. 8

And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. 8

ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ τυράννου. 9

Cum autem quidam indurarentur, et non crederent, maledicentes viam Domini coram multitudine, discedens ab eis, segregavit discipulos, quotidie disputans in schola tyranni cujusdam. 9

But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. 9

τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, ἰουδαίους τε καὶ ἕλληνας. 10

Hoc autem factum est per biennium, ita ut omnes qui habitabant in Asia audirent verbum Domini, Judæi atque gentiles. 10

And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. 10

δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ὁ θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν παύλου, 11

Virtutesque non quaslibet faciebat Deus per manum Pauli, 11

And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: 11

ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους, τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἐκπορεύεσθαι. 12

ita ut etiam super languidos deferrentur a corpore ejus sudaria et semicinctia, et recedebant ab eis languores, et spiritus nequam egrediebantur. 12

So that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them. 12

ἐπεχείρησαν δέ τινες καὶ τῶν περιερχομένων ἰουδαίων ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ λέγοντες, ὁρκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν ἰησοῦν ὃν παῦλος κηρύσσει. 13

Tentaverunt autem quidam et de circumeuntibus Judæis exorcistis invocare super eos qui habebant spiritus malos nomen Domini Jesu, dicentes: Adjuro vos per Jesum, quem Paulus prædicat. 13

Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the LORD Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. 13

ἦσαν δέ τινος σκευᾶ ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ υἱοὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. 14

Erant autem quidam Judæi, Scevæ principis sacerdotum septem filii, qui hoc faciebant. 14

And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. 14

ἀποκριθὲν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, τὸν <μὲν> ἰησοῦν γινώσκω καὶ τὸν παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι, ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; 15

Respondens autem spiritus nequam dixit eis: Jesum novi, et Paulum scio: vos autem qui estis? 15

And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? 15

καὶ ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν κατακυριεύσας ἀμφοτέρων ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισμένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου. 16

Et insiliens in eos homo, in quo erat dæmonium pessimum, et dominatus amborum, invaluit contra eos, ita ut nudi et vulnerati effugerent de domo illa. 16

And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. 16

τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν ἔφεσον, καὶ ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, καὶ ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ. 17

Hoc autem notum factum est omnibus Judæis, atque gentilibus qui habitabant Ephesi: et cecidit timor super omnes illos, et magnificabatur nomen Domini Jesu. 17

And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. 17

πολλοί τε τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν. 18

Multique credentium veniebant, confitentes et annuntiantes actus suos. 18

And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. 18

ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πραξάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον πάντων· καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν καὶ εὖρον ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. 19

Multi autem ex eis, qui fuerant curiosa sectati, contulerunt libros, et combusserunt coram omnibus: et computatis pretiis illorum, invenerunt pecuniam denariorum quinquaginta millium. 19

Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. 19

οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. 20

Ita fortiter crescebat verbum Dei, et confirmabatur. 20

So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed. 20

ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, ἔθετο ὁ παῦλος ἐν τῶ πνεύματι διελθὼν τὴν μακεδονίαν καὶ ἀχαΐαν πορεύεσθαι εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰπὼν ὅτι μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι με ἐκεῖ δεῖ με καὶ ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. 21

His autem expletis, proposuit Paulus in Spiritu, transita Macedonia et Achaia, ire Jerosolymam, dicens: Quoniam postquam fuero ibi, oportet me et Romam videre. 21

After these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome. 21

ἀποστείλας δὲ εἰς τὴν μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῶ, τιμόθεον καὶ ἔραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν ἀσίαν. 22

Mittens autem in Macedoniam duos ex ministrantibus sibi, Timotheum et Erastum, ipse remansit ad tempus in Asia. 22

So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered unto him, Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season. 22

ἐγένετο δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ. 23

Facta est autem illo tempore turbatio non minima de via Domini. 23

And the same time there arose no small stir about that way. 23

δημήτριος γάρ τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ἀρτέμιδος παρείχετο τοῖς τεχνίταις οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν, 24

Demetrius enim quidam nomine, argentarius, faciens ædes argenteas Dianæ, præstabat artificibus non modicum quæstum: 24

For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, which made silver shrines for Diana, brought no small gain unto the craftsmen; 24

οὓς συναθροίσας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας εἶπεν, ἄνδρες, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία ἡμῖν ἐστιν, 25

quos convocans, et eos qui hujusmodi erant opifices, dixit: Viri, scitis quia de hoc artificio est nobis acquisitio: 25

Whom he called together with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this craft we have our wealth. 25

καὶ θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἐφέσου ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς ἀσίας ὁ παῦλος οὖτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον, λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. 26

et videtis et auditis quia non solum Ephesi, sed pene totius Asiæ, Paulus hic suadens avertit multam turbam, dicens: Quoniam non sunt dii, qui manibus fiunt. 26

Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that they be no gods, which are made with hands: 26

οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι, μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη ἡ ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. 27

Non solum autem hæc periclitabitur nobis pars in redargutionem venire, sed et magnæ Dianæ templum in nihilum reputabitur, sed et destrui incipiet majestas ejus, quam tota Asia et orbis colit. 27

So that not only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth. 27

ἀκούσαντες δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ ἔκραζον λέγοντες, μεγάλη ἡ ἄρτεμις ἐφεσίων. 28

His auditis, repleti sunt ira, et exclamaverunt dicentes: Magna Diana Ephesiorum. 28

And when they heard these sayings, they were full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 28

καὶ ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως, ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον συναρπάσαντες γάϊον καὶ ἀρίσταρχον μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους παύλου. 29

Et impleta est civitas confusione, et impetum fecerunt uno animo in theatrum, rapto Gajo et Aristarcho Macedonibus, comitibus Pauli. 29

And the whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul’s companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theatre. 29

παύλου δὲ βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον οὐκ εἴων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί· 30

Paulo autem volente intrare in populum, non permiserunt discipuli. 30

And when Paul would have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not. 30

τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀσιαρχῶν, ὄντες αὐτῶ φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον. 31

Quidam autem et de Asiæ principibus, qui erant amici ejus, miserunt ad eum rogantes ne se daret in theatrum: 31

And certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends, sent unto him, desiring him that he would not adventure himself into the theatre. 31

ἄλλοι μὲν οὗν ἄλλο τι ἔκραζον, ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία συγκεχυμένη, καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ ᾔδεισαν τίνος ἕνεκα συνεληλύθεισαν. 32

alii autem aliud clamabant. Erat enim ecclesia confusa: et plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent. 32

Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was confused: and the more part knew not wherefore they were come together. 32

ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου συνεβίβασαν ἀλέξανδρον, προβαλόντων αὐτὸν τῶν ἰουδαίων· ὁ δὲ ἀλέξανδρος κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῶ δήμῳ. 33

De turba autem detraxerunt Alexandrum, propellentibus eum Judæis. Alexander autem manu silentio postulato, volebat reddere rationem populo. 33

And they drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made his defence unto the people. 33

ἐπιγνόντες δὲ ὅτι ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο κραζόντων, μεγάλη ἡ ἄρτεμις ἐφεσίων. 34

Quem ut cognoverunt Judæum esse, vox facta una est omnium, quasi per horas duas clamantium: Magna Diana Ephesiorum. 34

But when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 34

καταστείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν, ἄνδρες ἐφέσιοι, τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὗσαν τῆς μεγάλης ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς; 35

Et cum sedasset scriba turbas, dixit: Viri Ephesii, quis enim est hominum, qui nesciat Ephesiorum civitatem cultricem esse magnæ Dianæ, Jovisque prolis? 35

And when the townclerk had appeased the people, he said, Ye men of Ephesus, what man is there that knoweth not how that the city of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddess Diana, and of the image which fell down from Jupiter? 35

ἀναντιρρήτων οὗν ὄντων τούτων δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν καὶ μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν. 36

Cum ergo his contradici non possit, oportet vos sedatos esse, et nihil temere agere. 36

Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against, ye ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rashly. 36

ἠγάγετε γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν θεὸν ἡμῶν. 37

Adduxistis enim homines istos, neque sacrilegos, neque blasphemantes deam vestram. 37

For ye have brought hither these men, which are neither robbers of churches, nor yet blasphemers of your goddess. 37

εἰ μὲν οὗν δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῶ τεχνῖται ἔχουσι πρός τινα λόγον, ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν· ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. 38

Quod si Demetrius et qui cum eo sunt artifices, habent adversus aliquem causam, conventus forenses aguntur, et proconsules sunt: accusent invicem. 38

Wherefore if Demetrius, and the craftsmen which are with him, have a matter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let them implead one another. 38

εἰ δέ τι περαιτέρω ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. 39

Si quid autem alterius rei quæritis, in legitima ecclesia poterit absolvi. 39

But if ye enquire any thing concerning other matters, it shall be determined in a lawful assembly. 39

καὶ γὰρ κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον, μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος, περὶ οὖ <οὐ> δυνησόμεθα ἀποδοῦναι λόγον περὶ τῆς συστροφῆς ταύτης. καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 40

Nam et periclitamur argui seditionis hodiernæ, cum nullus obnoxius sit de quo possimus reddere rationem concursus istius. Et cum hæc dixisset, dimisit ecclesiam. 40

For we are in danger to be called in question for this day’s uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse. 19,41 And when he had thus spoken, he dismissed the assembly. 40-41

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 20

Cap. 20

The Acts of the Apostles 20

μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ παρακαλέσας, ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν πορεύεσθαι εἰς μακεδονίαν. 1

Postquam autem cessavit tumultus, vocatis Paulus discipulis, et exhortatus eos, valedixit, et profectus est ut iret in Macedoniam. 1

And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. 1

διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν ἑλλάδα, 2

Cum autem perambulasset partes illas, et exhortatus eos fuisset multo sermone, venit ad Græciam: 2

And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, 2

ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν συρίαν ἐγένετο γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ μακεδονίας. 3

ubi cum fecisset menses tres, factæ sunt illi insidiæ a Judæis navigaturo in Syriam: habuitque consilium ut reverteretur per Macedoniam. 3

And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. 3

συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῶ σώπατρος πύρρου βεροιαῖος, θεσσαλονικέων δὲ ἀρίσταρχος καὶ σεκοῦνδος, καὶ γάϊος δερβαῖος καὶ τιμόθεος, ἀσιανοὶ δὲ τυχικὸς καὶ τρόφιμος. 4

Comitatus est autem eum Sopater Pyrrhi Berœensis, Thessalonicensium vero Aristarchus, et Secundus, et Gajus Derbeus, et Timotheus: Asiani vero Tychicus et Trophimus. 4

And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. 4

οὖτοι δὲ προελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν τρῳάδι· 5

Hi cum præcessissent, sustinuerunt nos Troade: 5

These going before tarried for us at Troas. 5

ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, ὅπου διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. 6

nos vero navigavimus post dies azymorum a Philippis, et venimus ad eos Troadem in diebus quinque, ubi demorati sumus diebus septem. 6

And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. 6

ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων συνηγμένων ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον ὁ παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. 7

Una autem sabbati cum convenissemus ad frangendum panem, Paulus disputabat cum eis profecturus in crastinum, protraxitque sermonem usque in mediam noctem. 7

And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight. 7

ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῶ ὑπερῴῳ οὖ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι· 8

Erant autem lampades copiosæ in cœnaculo, ubi eramus congregati. 8

And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. 8

καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ διαλεγομένου τοῦ παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. 9

Sedens autem quidam adolescens nomine Eutychus super fenestram, cum mergeretur somno gravi, disputante diu Paulo, ductus somno cecidit de tertio cœnaculo deorsum, et sublatus est mortuus. 9

And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. 9

καταβὰς δὲ ὁ παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῶ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν, μὴ θορυβεῖσθε, ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῶ ἐστιν. 10

Ad quem cum descendisset Paulus, incubuit super eum: et complexus dixit: Nolite turbari, anima enim ipsius in ipso est. 10

And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. 10

ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. 11

Ascendens autem, frangensque panem, et gustans, satisque allocutus usque in lucem, sic profectus est. 11

When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. 11

ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. 12

Adduxerunt autem puerum viventem, et consolati sunt non minime. 12

And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. 12

ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἆσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν παῦλον, οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. 13

Nos autem ascendentes navem, navigavimus in Asson, inde suscepturi Paulum: sic enim disposuerat ipse per terram iter facturus. 13

And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot. 13

ὡς δὲ συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν ἆσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς μιτυλήνην, 14

Cum autem convenisset nos in Asson, assumpto eo, venimus Mitylenen. 14

And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. 14

κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἄντικρυς χίου, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς σάμον, τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς μίλητον· 15

Et inde navigantes, sequenti die venimus contra Chium, et alia applicuimus Samum, et sequenti die venimus Miletum. 15

And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. 15

κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῶ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ ἀσίᾳ, ἔσπευδεν γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῶ τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα. 16

Proposuerat enim Paulus transnavigare Ephesum, ne qua mora illi fieret in Asia. Festinabat enim, si possibile sibi esset, ut diem Pentecostes faceret Jerosolymis. 16

For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. 16

ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 17

A Mileto autem mittens Ephesum, vocavit majores natu ecclesiæ. 17

And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. 17

ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν ἀσίαν πῶς μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, 18

Qui cum venissent ad eum, et simul essent, dixit eis: Vos scitis a prima die qua ingressus sum in Asiam, qualiter vobiscum per omne tempus fuerim, 18

And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, 18

δουλεύων τῶ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ἰουδαίων· 19

serviens Domino cum omni humilitate, et lacrimis, et tentationibus, quæ mihi acciderunt ex insidiis Judæorum: 19

Serving the LORD with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: 19

ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους, 20

quomodo nihil subtraxerim utilium, quominus annuntiarem vobis et docerem vos, publice et per domos, 20

And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house, 20

διαμαρτυρόμενος ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ἰησοῦν. 21

testificans Judæis atque gentilibus in Deum pœnitentiam, et fidem in Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum. 21

Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. 21

καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῶ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς, 22

Et nunc ecce alligatus ego spiritu, vado in Jerusalem: quæ in ea ventura sint mihi, ignorans: 22

And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: 22

πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν. 23

nisi quod Spiritus Sanctus per omnes civitates mihi protestatur, dicens quoniam vincula et tribulationes Jerosolymis me manent. 23

Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. 23

ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῶ ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. 24

Sed nihil horum vereor: nec facio animam meam pretiosiorem quam me, dummodo consummem cursum meum, et ministerium verbi quod accepi a Domino Jesu, testificari Evangelium gratiæ Dei. 24

But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. 24

καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν· 25

Et nunc ecce ego scio quia amplius non videbitis faciem meam vos omnes, per quos transivi prædicans regnum Dei. 25

And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. 25

διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ὅτι καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων, 26

Quapropter contestor vos hodierna die, quia mundus sum a sanguine omnium. 26

Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. 26

οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῖν. 27

Non enim subterfugi, quominus annuntiarem omne consilium Dei vobis. 27

For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. 27

προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῶ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου. 28

Attendite vobis, et universo gregi, in quo vos Spiritus Sanctus posuit episcopos regere ecclesiam Dei, quam acquisivit sanguine suo. 28

Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. 28

ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου, 29

Ego scio quoniam intrabunt post discessionem meam lupi rapaces in vos, non parcentes gregi. 29

For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. 29

καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. 30

Et ex vobisipsis exsurgent viri loquentes perversa, ut abducant discipulos post se. 30

Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. 30

διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. 31

Propter quod vigilate, memoria retinentes quoniam per triennium nocte et die non cessavi, cum lacrimis monens unumquemque vestrum. 31

Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. 31

καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῶ θεῶ καὶ τῶ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῶ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. 32

Et nunc commendo vos Deo, et verbo gratiæ ipsius, qui potens est ædificare, et dare hæreditatem in sanctificatis omnibus. 32

And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. 32

ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα· 33

Argentum, et aurum, aut vestem nullius concupivi, sicut 33

I have coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel. 33

αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὗσιν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὖται. 34

ipsi scitis: quoniam ad ea quæ mihi opus erant, et his qui mecum sunt, ministraverunt manus istæ. 34

Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. 34

πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν. 35

Omnia ostendi vobis, quoniam sic laborantes, oportet suscipere infirmos ac meminisse verbi Domini Jesu: quoniam ipse dixit: Beatius est magis dare, quam accipere. 35

I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. 35

καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. 36

Et cum hæc dixisset, positis genibus suis oravit cum omnibus illis. 36

And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. 36

ἱκανὸς δὲ κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο πάντων, καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, 37

Magnus autem fletus factus est omnium: et procumbentes super collum Pauli, osculabantur eum, 37

And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck, and kissed him, 37

ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῶ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. 38

dolentes maxime in verbo quod dixerat, quoniam amplius faciem ejus non essent visuri. Et deducebant eum ad navem. 38

Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship. 38

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 21

Cap. 21

The Acts of the Apostles 21

ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν κῶ, τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὴν ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς πάταρα· 1

Cum autem factum esset ut navigaremus abstracti ab eis, recto cursu venimus Coum, et sequenti die Rhodum, et inde Pataram. 1

And it came to pass, that after we were gotten from them, and had launched, we came with a straight course unto Coos, and the day following unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: 1

καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς φοινίκην ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. 2

Et cum invenissemus navem transfretantem in Phœnicen, ascendentes navigavimus. 2

And finding a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth. 2

ἀναφάναντες δὲ τὴν κύπρον καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς συρίαν, καὶ κατήλθομεν εἰς τύρον, ἐκεῖσε γὰρ τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον. 3

Cum apparuissemus autem Cypro, relinquentes eam ad sinistram, navigavimus in Syriam, et venimus Tyrum: ibi enim navis expositura erat onus. 3

Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden. 3

ἀνευρόντες δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας ἑπτά, οἵτινες τῶ παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα. 4

Inventis autem discipulis, mansimus ibi diebus septem: qui Paulo dicebant per Spiritum ne ascenderet Jerosolymam. 4

And finding disciples, we tarried there seven days: who said to Paul through the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. 4

ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, καὶ θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 5

Et expletis diebus, profecti ibamus, deducentibus nos omnibus cum uxoribus et filiis usque foras civitatem: et positis genibus in littore, oravimus. 5

And when we had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and prayed. 5

ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἀνέβημεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 6

Et cum valefecissemus invicem, ascendimus navem: illi autem redierunt in sua. 6

And when we had taken our leave one of another, we took ship; and they returned home again. 6

ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες ἀπὸ τύρου κατηντήσαμεν εἰς πτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. 7

Nos vero navigatione expleta a Tyro descendimus Ptolemaidam: et salutatis fratribus, mansimus die una apud illos. 7

And when we had finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and saluted the brethren, and abode with them one day. 7

τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες ἤλθομεν εἰς καισάρειαν, καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον φιλίππου τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐμείναμεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶ. 8

Alia autem die profecti, venimus Cæsaream. Et intrantes domum Philippi evangelistæ, qui erat unus de septem, mansimus apud eum. 8

And the next day we that were of Paul’s company departed, and came unto Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, which was one of the seven; and abode with him. 8

τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι προφητεύουσαι. 9

Huic autem erant quatuor filiæ virgines prophetantes. 9

And the same man had four daughters, virgins, which did prophesy. 9

ἐπιμενόντων δὲ ἡμέρας πλείους κατῆλθέν τις ἀπὸ τῆς ἰουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι ἅγαβος, 10

Et cum moraremur per dies aliquot, supervenit quidam a Judæa propheta, nomine Agabus. 10

And as we tarried there many days, there came down from Judaea a certain prophet, named Agabus. 10

καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ παύλου δήσας ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὖ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ ἰουδαῖοι καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 11

Is cum venisset ad nos, tulit zonam Pauli: et alligans sibi pedes et manus, dixit: Hæc dicit Spiritus Sanctus: Virum, cujus est zona hæc, sic alligabunt in Jerusalem Judæi, et tradent in manus gentium. 11

And when he was come unto us, he took Paul’s girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles. 11

ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ. 12

Quod cum audissemus, rogabamus nos, et qui loci illius erant, ne ascenderet Jerosolymam. 12

And when we heard these things, both we, and they of that place, besought him not to go up to Jerusalem. 12

τότε ἀπεκρίθη ὁ παῦλος, τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν; ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ. 13

Tunc respondit Paulus, et dixit: Quid facitis flentes, et affligentes cor meum? Ego enim non solum alligari, sed et mori in Jerusalem paratus sum propter nomen Domini Jesu. 13

Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus. 13

μὴ πειθομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, τοῦ κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω. 14

Et cum ei suadere non possemus, quievimus, dicentes: Domini voluntas fiat. 14

And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done. 14

μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας ἐπισκευασάμενοι ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα· 15

Post dies autem istos, præparati ascendebamus in Jerusalem. 15

And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem. 15

συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπὸ καισαρείας σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν μνάσωνί τινι κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. 16

Venerunt autem et ex discipulis a Cæsarea nobiscum, adducentes secum apud quem hospitaremur Mnasonem quemdam Cyprium, antiquum discipulum. 16

There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea, and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an old disciple, with whom we should lodge. 16

γενομένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί. 17

Et cum venissemus Jerosolymam, libenter exceperunt nos fratres. 17

And when we were come to Jerusalem, the brethren received us gladly. 17

τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσῄει ὁ παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἰάκωβον, πάντες τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 18

Sequenti autem die introibat Paulus nobiscum ad Jacobum, omnesque collecti sunt seniores. 18

And the day following Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present. 18

καὶ ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ᾽ ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ. 19

Quos cum salutasset, narrabat per singula quæ Deus fecisset in gentibus per ministerium ipsius. 19

And when he had saluted them, he declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by his ministry. 19

οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεόν, εἶπόν τε αὐτῶ, θεωρεῖς, ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν ἐν τοῖς ἰουδαίοις τῶν πεπιστευκότων, καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν· 20

At illi cum audissent, magnificabant Deum, dixeruntque ei: Vides, frater, quot millia sunt in Judæis qui crediderunt, et omnes æmulatores sunt legis. 20

And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said unto him, Thou seest, brother, how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law: 20

κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ μωϊσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν. 21

Audierunt autem de te quia discessionem doceas a Moyse eorum qui per gentes sunt Judæorum, dicens non debere eos circumcidere filios suos, neque secundum consuetudinem ingredi. 21

And they are informed of thee, that thou teachest all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, saying that they ought not to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs. 21

τί οὗν ἐστιν; πάντως ἀκούσονται ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. 22

Quid ergo est? utique oportet convenire multitudinem: audient enim te supervenisse. 22

What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that thou art come. 22

τοῦτο οὗν ποίησον ὅ σοι λέγομεν· εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. 23

Hoc ergo fac quod tibi dicimus. Sunt nobis viri quatuor, votum habentes super se. 23

Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; 23

τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ γνώσονται πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον. 24

His assumptis, sanctifica te cum illis, et impende in illis ut radant capita: et scient omnes quia quæ de te audierunt, falsa sunt, sed ambulas et ipse custodiens legem. 24

Them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, whereof they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. 24

περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς ἐπεστείλαμεν κρίναντες φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον καὶ αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. 25

De his autem qui crediderunt ex gentibus, nos scripsimus judicantes ut abstineant se ab idolis immolato, et sanguine, et suffocato, et fornicatione. 25

As touching the Gentiles which believe, we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing, save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from fornication. 25

τότε ὁ παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ ἕως οὖ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. 26

Tunc Paulus, assumptis viris, postera die purificatus cum illis intravit in templum, annuntians expletionem dierum purificationis, donec offerretur pro unoquoque eorum oblatio. 26

Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. 26

ὡς δὲ ἔμελλον αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι, οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀσίας ἰουδαῖοι θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον καὶ ἐπέβαλον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας, 27

Dum autem septem dies consummarentur, hi qui de Asia erant Judæi, cum vidissent eum in templo, concitaverunt omnem populum, et injecerunt ei manus, clamantes: 27

And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, 27

κράζοντες, ἄνδρες ἰσραηλῖται, βοηθεῖτε· οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου πάντας πανταχῇ διδάσκων, ἔτι τε καὶ ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. 28

Viri Israëlitæ, adjuvate: hic est homo qui adversus populum, et legem, et locum hunc, omnes ubique docens, insuper et gentiles induxit in templum, et violavit sanctum locum istum. 28

Crying out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. 28

ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες τρόφιμον τὸν ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῶ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ παῦλος. 29

Viderant enim Trophimum Ephesium in civitate cum ipso, quem æstimaverunt quoniam in templum introduxisset Paulus. 29

(For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) 29

ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ παύλου εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι. 30

Commotaque est civitas tota, et facta est concursio populi. Et apprehendentes Paulum, trahebant eum extra templum: et statim clausæ sunt januæ. 30

And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. 30

ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη φάσις τῶ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης ὅτι ὅλη συγχύννεται ἰερουσαλήμ, 31

Quærentibus autem eum occidere, nuntiatum est tribuno cohortis quia tota confunditur Jerusalem. 31

And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar. 31

ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχας κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς· οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν παῦλον. 32

Qui statim, assumptis militibus et centurionibus, decurrit ad illos. Qui cum vidissent tribunum et milites, cessaverunt percutere Paulum. 32

Who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. 32

τότε ἐγγίσας ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ἁλύσεσι δυσί, καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 33

Tunc accedens tribunus apprehendit eum, et jussit eum alligari catenis duabus: et interrogabat quis esset, et quid fecisset. 33

Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. 33

ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐπεφώνουν ἐν τῶ ὄχλῳ· μὴ δυναμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ τὸν θόρυβον ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 34

Alii autem aliud clamabant in turba. Et cum non posset certum cognoscere præ tumultu, jussit duci eum in castra. 34

And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. 34

ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου, 35

Et cum venisset ad gradus, contigit ut portaretur a militibus propter vim populi. 35

And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. 35

ἠκολούθει γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ κράζοντες, αἶρε αὐτόν. 36

Sequebatur enim multitudo populi, clamans: Tolle eum. 36

For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. 36

μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὁ παῦλος λέγει τῶ χιλιάρχῳ, εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ; ὁ δὲ ἔφη, ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις; 37

Et cum cœpisset induci in castra Paulus, dicit tribuno: Si licet mihi loqui aliquid ad te? Qui dixit: Græce nosti? 37

And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? 37

οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων; 38

nonne tu es Ægyptius, qui ante hos dies tumultum concitasti, et eduxisti in desertum quatuor millia virorum sicariorum? 38

Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? 38

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ παῦλος, ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος μέν εἰμι ἰουδαῖος, ταρσεὺς τῆς κιλικίας, οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης· δέομαι δέ σου, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν λαόν. 39

Et dixit ad eum Paulus: Ego homo sum quidem Judæus a Tarso Ciliciæ, non ignotæ civitatis municeps. Rogo autem te, permitte mihi loqui ad populum. 39

But Paul said, I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. 39

ἐπιτρέψαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῶ λαῶ· πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ λέγων, 40

Et cum ille permisisset, Paulus stans in gradibus annuit manu ad plebem, et magno silentio facto, allocutus est lingua hebræa, dicens: 40

And when he had given him licence, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue, saying, 40

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 22

Cap. 22

The Acts of the Apostles 22

ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ ἀπολογίας, 1

Viri fratres, et patres, audite quam ad vos nunc reddo rationem. 1

Men, brethren, and fathers, hear ye my defence which I make now unto you. 1

ἀκούσαντες δὲ ὅτι τῇ ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. καὶ φησίν, 2

Cum audissent autem quia hebræa lingua loqueretur ad illos, magis præstiterunt silentium. 2

(And when they heard that he spake in the Hebrew tongue to them, they kept the more silence: and he saith,) 2

ἐγώ εἰμι ἀνὴρ ἰουδαῖος, γεγεννημένος ἐν ταρσῶ τῆς κιλικίας, ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας γαμαλιὴλ πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου, ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον· 3

Et dicit: Ego sum vir Judæus, natus in Tarso Ciliciæ, nutritus autem in ista civitate, secus pedes Gamaliel eruditus juxta veritatem paternæ legis, æmulator legis, sicut et vos omnes estis hodie: 3

I am verily a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous toward God, as ye all are this day. 3

ὃς ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, 4

qui hanc viam persecutus sum usque ad mortem, alligans et tradens in custodias viros ac mulieres, 4

And I persecuted this way unto the death, binding and delivering into prisons both men and women. 4

ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον· παρ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἰς δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην ἄξων καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας δεδεμένους εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν. 5

sicut princeps sacerdotum mihi testimonium reddit, et omnes majores natu: a quibus et epistolas accipiens, ad fratres Damascum pergebam, ut adducerem inde vinctos in Jerusalem ut punirentur. 5

As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound unto Jerusalem, for to be punished. 5

ἐγένετο δέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ δαμασκῶ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περιαστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ, 6

Factum est autem, eunte me, et appropinquante Damasco media die, subito de cælo circumfulsit me lux copiosa: 6

And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and was come nigh unto Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me. 6

ἔπεσά τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, σαοὺλ σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; 7

et decidens in terram, audivi vocem dicentem mihi: Saule, Saule, quid me persequeris? 7

And I fell unto the ground, and heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? 7

ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, τίς εἶ, κύριε; εἶπέν τε πρός με, ἐγώ εἰμι ἰησοῦς ὁ ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 8

Ego autem respondi: Quis es, domine? Dixitque ad me: Ego sum Jesus Nazarenus, quem tu persequeris. 8

And I answered, Who art thou, Lord? And he said unto me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. 8

οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο τὴν δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι. 9

Et qui mecum erant, lumen quidem viderunt, vocem autem non audierunt ejus qui loquebatur mecum. 9

And they that were with me saw indeed the light, and were afraid; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me. 9

εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, κύριε; ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. 10

Et dixi: Quid faciam, domine? Dominus autem dixit ad me: Surgens vade Damascum: et ibi tibi dicetur de omnibus quæ te oporteat facere. 10

And I said, What shall I do, LORD? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do. 10

ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου, χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι ἦλθον εἰς δαμασκόν. 11

Et cum non viderem præ claritate luminis illius, ad manum deductus a comitibus, veni Damascum. 11

And when I could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me, I came into Damascus. 11

ἁνανίας δέ τις, ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον, μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων ἰουδαίων, 12

Ananias autem quidam vir secundum legem, testimonium habens ab omnibus cohabitantibus Judæis, 12

And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there, 12

ἐλθὼν πρός με καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ἀνάβλεψον· κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. 13

veniens ad me et astans, dixit mihi: Saule frater, respice. Et ego eadem hora respexi in eum. 13

Came unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him. 13

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, 14

At ille dixit: Deus patrum nostrorum præordinavit te, ut cognosceres voluntatem ejus, et videres justum, et audires vocem ex ore ejus: 14

And he said, The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou shouldest know his will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of his mouth. 14

ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῶ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. 15

quia eris testis illius ad omnes homines eorum quæ vidisti et audisti. 15

For thou shalt be his witness unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard. 15

καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις; ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. 16

Et nunc quid moraris? Exsurge, et baptizare, et ablue peccata tua, invocato nomine ipsius. 16

And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord. 16

ἐγένετο δέ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ προσευχομένου μου ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 17

Factum est autem revertenti mihi in Jerusalem, et oranti in templo, fieri me in stupore mentis, 17

And it came to pass, that, when I was come again to Jerusalem, even while I prayed in the temple, I was in a trance; 17

καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ ἰερουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ. 18

et videre illum dicentem mihi: Festina, et exi velociter ex Jerusalem: quoniam non recipient testimonium tuum de me. 18

And saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem: for they will not receive thy testimony concerning me. 18

κἀγὼ εἶπον, κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ· 19

Et ego dixi: Domine, ipsi sciunt quia ego eram concludens in carcerem, et cædens per synagogas eos qui credebant in te: 19

And I said, Lord, they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee: 19

καὶ ὅτε ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν καὶ φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. 20

et cum funderetur sanguis Stephani testis tui, ego astabam, et consentiebam, et custodiebam vestimenta interficientium illum. 20

And when the blood of thy martyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew him. 20

καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. 21

Et dixit ad me: Vade, quoniam ego in nationes longe mittam te. 21

And he said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles. 21

ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι τούτου τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες, αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον, οὐ γὰρ καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν. 22

Audiebant autem eum usque ad hoc verbum, et levaverunt vocem suam, dicentes: Tolle de terra hujusmodi: non enim fas est eum vivere. 22

And they gave him audience unto this word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it is not fit that he should live. 22

κραυγαζόντων τε αὐτῶν καὶ ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, 23

Vociferantibus autem eis, et projicientibus vestimenta sua, et pulverem jactantibus in aërem, 23

And as they cried out, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust into the air, 23

ἐκέλευσεν ὁ χιλίαρχος εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιγνῶ δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῶ. 24

jussit tribunus induci eum in castra, et flagellis cædi, et torqueri eum, ut sciret propter quam causam sic acclamarent ei. 24

The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle, and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know wherefore they cried so against him. 24

ὡς δὲ προέτειναν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ παῦλος, εἰ ἄνθρωπον ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν; 25

Et cum astrinxissent eum loris, dicit astanti sibi centurioni Paulus: Si hominem Romanum et indemnatum licet vobis flagellare? 25

And as they bound him with thongs, Paul said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned? 25

ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης προσελθὼν τῶ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν λέγων, τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν; ὁ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος οὖτος ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. 26

Quo audito, centurio accessit ad tribunum, et nuntiavit ei, dicens: Quid acturus es? hic enim homo civis Romanus est. 26

When the centurion heard that, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what thou doest: for this man is a Roman. 26

προσελθὼν δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῶ, λέγε μοι, σὺ ῥωμαῖος εἶ; ὁ δὲ ἔφη, ναί. 27

Accedens autem tribunus, dixit illi: Dic mihi si tu Romanus es? At ille dixit: Etiam. 27

Then the chief captain came, and said unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? He said, Yea. 27

ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος, ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. ὁ δὲ παῦλος ἔφη, ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι. 28

Et respondit tribunus: Ego multa summa civilitatem hanc consecutus sum. Et Paulus ait: Ego autem et natus sum. 28

And the chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this freedom. And Paul said, But I was free born. 28

εὐθέως οὗν ἀπέστησαν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ οἱ μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν· καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸν ἦν δεδεκώς. 29

Protinus ergo discesserunt ab illo qui eum torturi erant. Tribunus quoque timuit postquam rescivit, quia civis Romanus esset, et quia alligasset eum. 29

Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him. 29

τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ τί κατηγορεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν ἰουδαίων ἔλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν συνελθεῖν τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ πᾶν τὸ συνέδριον, καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. 30

Postera autem die volens scire diligentius qua ex causa accusaretur a Judæis, solvit eum, et jussit sacerdotes convenire, et omne concilium: et producens Paulum, statuit inter illos. 30

On the morrow, because he would have known the certainty wherefore he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bands, and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear, and brought Paul down, and set him before them. 30

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 23

Cap. 23

The Acts of the Apostles 23

ἀτενίσας δὲ ὁ παῦλος τῶ συνεδρίῳ εἶπεν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῶ θεῶ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. 1

Intendens autem in concilium Paulus, ait: Viri fratres, ego omni conscientia bona conversatus sum ante Deum usque in hodiernum diem. 1

And Paul, earnestly beholding the council, said, Men and brethren, I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day. 1

ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ἁνανίας ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῶ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα. 2

Princeps autem sacerdotum Ananias præcepit astantibus sibi percutere os ejus. 2

And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth. 2

τότε ὁ παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε· καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι; 3

Tunc Paulus dixit ad eum: Percutiet te Deus, paries dealbate. Et tu sedens judicas me secundum legem, et contra legem jubes me percuti? 3

Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: for sittest thou to judge me after the law, and commandest me to be smitten contrary to the law? 3

οἱ δὲ παρεστῶτες εἶπαν, τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς; 4

Et qui astabant dixerunt: Summum sacerdotem Dei maledicis. 4

And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God’s high priest? 4

ἔφη τε ὁ παῦλος, οὐκ ᾔδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχιερεύς· γέγραπται γὰρ ὅτι ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. 5

Dixit autem Paulus: Nesciebam, fratres, quia princeps est sacerdotum. Scriptum est enim: Principem populi tui non maledices. 5

Then said Paul, I wist not, brethren, that he was the high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of the ruler of thy people. 5

γνοὺς δὲ ὁ παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἓν μέρος ἐστὶν σαδδουκαίων τὸ δὲ ἕτερον φαρισαίων ἔκραζεν ἐν τῶ συνεδρίῳ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ φαρισαῖός εἰμι, υἱὸς φαρισαίων· περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν <ἐγὼ> κρίνομαι. 6

Sciens autem Paulus quia una pars esset sadducæorum, et altera pharisæorum, exclamavit in concilio: Viri fratres, ego pharisæus sum, filius pharisæorum: de spe et resurrectione mortuorum ego judicor. 6

But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees, and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Men and brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question. 6

τοῦτο δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν φαρισαίων καὶ σαδδουκαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος. 7

Et cum hæc dixisset, facta est dissensio inter pharisæos et sadducæos, et soluta est multitudo. 7

And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sadducees: and the multitude was divided. 7

σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν μήτε ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα, φαρισαῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. 8

Sadducæi enim dicunt non esse resurrectionem, neque angelum, neque spiritum: pharisæi autem utraque confitentur. 8

For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both. 8

ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη, καὶ ἀναστάντες τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων τοῦ μέρους τῶν φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῶ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ· εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῶ ἢ ἄγγελος , 9

Factus est autem clamor magnus. Et surgentes quidam pharisæorum, pugnabant, dicentes: Nihil mali invenimus in homine isto: quid si spiritus locutus est ei, aut angelus? 9

And there arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees’ part arose, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel hath spoken to him, let us not fight against God. 9

πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως φοβηθεὶς ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν τε εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 10

Et cum magna dissensio facta esset, timens tribunus ne discerperetur Paulus ab ipsis, jussit milites descendere, et rapere eum de medio eorum, ac deducere eum in castra. 10

And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them, commanded the soldiers to go down, and to take him by force from among them, and to bring him into the castle. 10

τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς αὐτῶ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν, θάρσει, ὡς γὰρ διεμαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς ἰερουσαλὴμ οὕτω σε δεῖ καὶ εἰς ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. 11

Sequenti autem nocte assistens ei Dominus, ait: Constans esto: sicut enim testificatus es de me in Jerusalem, sic te oportet et Romæ testificari. 11

And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome. 11

γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν οἱ ἰουδαῖοι ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πίειν ἕως οὖ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν παῦλον. 12

Facta autem die collegerunt se quidam ex Judæis, et devoverunt, se dicentes neque manducaturos, neque bibituros donec occiderent Paulum. 12

And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul. 12

ἦσαν δὲ πλείους τεσσεράκοντα οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι· 13

Erant autem plus quam quadraginta viri qui hanc conjurationem fecerant: 13

And they were more than forty which had made this conspiracy. 13

οἵτινες προσελθόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἶπαν, ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὖ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν παῦλον. 14

qui accesserunt ad principes sacerdotum et seniores, et dixerunt: Devotione devovimus nos nihil gustaturos, donec occidamus Paulum. 14

And they came to the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, that we will eat nothing until we have slain Paul. 14

νῦν οὗν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε τῶ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῶ συνεδρίῳ ὅπως καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. 15

Nunc ergo vos notum facite tribuno cum concilio, ut producat illum ad vos, tamquam aliquid certius cognituri de eo. Nos vero priusquam appropiet, parati sumus interficere illum. 15

Now therefore ye with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you to morrow, as though ye would enquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we, or ever he come near, are ready to kill him. 15

ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς παύλου τὴν ἐνέδραν παραγενόμενος καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῶ παύλῳ. 16

Quod cum audisset filius sororis Pauli insidias, venit, et intravit in castra, nuntiavitque Paulo. 16

And when Paul’s sister’s son heard of their lying in wait, he went and entered into the castle, and told Paul. 16

προσκαλεσάμενος δὲ ὁ παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν ἔφη, τὸν νεανίαν τοῦτον ἀπάγαγε πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, ἔχει γὰρ ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι αὐτῶ. 17

Vocans autem Paulus ad se unum ex centurionibus, ait: Adolescentem hunc perduc ad tribunum, habet enim aliquid indicare illi. 17

Then Paul called one of the centurions unto him, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief captain: for he hath a certain thing to tell him. 17

ὁ μὲν οὗν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ φησίν, ὁ δέσμιος παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός με ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν νεανίσκον ἀγαγεῖν πρὸς σέ, ἔχοντά τι λαλῆσαί σοι. 18

Et ille quidem assumens eum duxit ad tribunum, et ait: Vinctus Paulus rogavit me hunc adolescentem perducere ad te, habentem aliquid loqui tibi. 18

So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and said, Paul the prisoner called me unto him, and prayed me to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say unto thee. 18

ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος καὶ ἀναχωρήσας κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι; 19

Apprehendens autem tribunus manum illius, secessit cum eo seorsum, et interrogavit illum: Quid est quod habes indicare mihi? 19

Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him aside privately, and asked him, What is that thou hast to tell me? 19

εἶπεν δὲ ὅτι οἱ ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε ὅπως αὔριον τὸν παῦλον καταγάγῃς εἰς τὸ συνέδριον ὡς μέλλον τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 20

Ille autem dixit: Judæis convenit rogare te ut crastina die producas Paulum in concilium, quasi aliquid certius inquisituri sint de illo: 20

And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee that thou wouldest bring down Paul to morrow into the council, as though they would enquire somewhat of him more perfectly. 20

σὺ οὗν μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς· ἐνεδρεύουσιν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους τεσσεράκοντα, οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὖ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν, καὶ νῦν εἰσιν ἕτοιμοι προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. 21

tu vero ne credideris illis: insidiantur enim ei ex eis viri amplius quam quadraginta, qui se devoverunt non manducare, neque bibere donec interficiant eum: et nunc parati sunt, exspectantes promissum tuum. 21

But do not thou yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty men, which have bound themselves with an oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee. 21

ὁ μὲν οὗν χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσε τὸν νεανίσκον παραγγείλας μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός με. 22

Tribunus igitur dimisit adolescentem, præcipiens ne cui loqueretur quoniam hæc nota sibi fecisset. 22

So the chief captain then let the young man depart, and charged him, See thou tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to me. 22

καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο <τινὰς> τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν εἶπεν, ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὅπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως καισαρείας, καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ δεξιολάβους διακοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός, 23

Et vocatis duobus centurionibus, dixit illis: Parate milites ducentos ut eant usque Cæsaream, et equites septuaginta, et lancearios ducentos a tertia hora noctis, 23

And he called unto him two centurions, saying, Make ready two hundred soldiers to go to Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night; 23

κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν παῦλον διασώσωσι πρὸς φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 24

et jumenta præparate ut imponentes Paulum, salvum perducerent ad Felicem præsidem. 24

And provide them beasts, that they may set Paul on, and bring him safe unto Felix the governor. 24

γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ἔχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον· 25

(Timuit enim ne forte raperent eum Judæi, et occiderent, et ipse postea calumniam sustineret, tamquam accepturus pecuniam.) 25

And he wrote a letter after this manner: 25

κλαύδιος λυσίας τῶ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι φήλικι χαίρειν. 26

Scribens epistolam continentem hæc: Claudius Lysias optimo præsidi Felici, salutem. 26

Claudius Lysias unto the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting. 26

τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συλλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν ἰουδαίων καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῶ στρατεύματι ἐξειλάμην, μαθὼν ὅτι ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν· 27

Virum hunc comprehensum a Judæis, et incipientem interfici ab eis, superveniens cum exercitu eripui, cognito quia Romanus est. 27

This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army, and rescued him, having understood that he was a Roman. 27

βουλόμενός τε ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν αἰτίαν δι᾽ ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῶ κατήγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν· 28

Volensque scire causam quam objiciebant illi, deduxi eum in concilium eorum. 28

And when I would have known the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought him forth into their council: 28

ὃν εὖρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν, μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα. 29

Quem inveni accusari de quæstionibus legis ipsorum, nihil vero dignum morte aut vinculis habentem criminis. 29

Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law, but to have nothing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds. 29

μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι, ἐξαυτῆς ἔπεμψα πρὸς σέ, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κατηγόροις λέγειν <τὰ> πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σοῦ. 30

Et cum mihi perlatum esset de insidiis quas paraverant illi, misi eum ad te, denuntians et accusatoribus ut dicant apud te. Vale. 30

And when it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man, I sent straightway to thee, and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before thee what they had against him. Farewell. 30

οἱ μὲν οὗν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς ἀναλαβόντες τὸν παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν ἀντιπατρίδα· 31

Milites ergo secundum præceptum sibi assumentes Paulum, duxerunt per noctem in Antipatridem. 31

Then the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul, and brought him by night to Antipatris. 31

τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς ἱππεῖς ἀπέρχεσθαι σὺν αὐτῶ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν· 32

Et postera die dimissis equitibus ut cum eo irent, reversi sunt ad castra. 32

On the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle: 32

οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν καισάρειαν καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῶ ἡγεμόνι παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν παῦλον αὐτῶ. 33

Qui cum venissent Cæsaream, et tradidissent epistolam præsidi, statuerunt ante illum et Paulum. 33

Who, when they came to Caesarea and delivered the epistle to the governor, presented Paul also before him. 33

ἀναγνοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ κιλικίας, 34

Cum legisset autem, et interrogasset de qua provincia esset, et cognoscens quia de Cilicia: 34

And when the governor had read the letter, he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia; 34

διακούσομαί σου, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί σου παραγένωνται· κελεύσας ἐν τῶ πραιτωρίῳ τοῦ ἡρῴδου φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν. 35

Audiam te, inquit, cum accusatores tui venerint. Jussitque in prætorio Herodis custodiri eum. 35

I will hear thee, said he, when thine accusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept in Herod’s judgment hall. 35

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 24

Cap. 24

The Acts of the Apostles 24

μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἁνανίας μετὰ πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν καὶ ῥήτορος τερτύλλου τινός, οἵτινες ἐνεφάνισαν τῶ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ παύλου. 1

Post quinque autem dies descendit princeps sacerdotum Ananias, cum senioribus quibusdam, et Tertullo quodam oratore, qui adierunt præsidem adversus Paulum. 1

And after five days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a certain orator named Tertullus, who informed the governor against Paul. 1

κληθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ τέρτυλλος λέγων, πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῶ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας, 2

Et citato Paulo cœpit accusare Tertullus, dicens: Cum in multa pace agamus per te, et multa corrigantur per tuam providentiam, 2

And when he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietness, and that very worthy deeds are done unto this nation by thy providence, 2

πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε φῆλιξ, μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας. 3

semper et ubique suscipimus, optime Felix, cum omni gratiarum actione. 3

We accept it always, and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness. 3

ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε ἐγκόπτω, παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ. 4

Ne diutius autem te protraham, oro, breviter audias nos pro tua clementia. 4

Notwithstanding, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest hear us of thy clemency a few words. 4

εὑρόντες γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν καὶ κινοῦντα στάσεις πᾶσιν τοῖς ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πρωτοστάτην τε τῆς τῶν ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως, 5

Invenimus hunc hominem pestiferum, et concitantem seditiones omnibus Judæis in universo orbe, et auctorem seditionis sectæ Nazarenorum: 5

For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes: 5

ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι, ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν, 6

qui etiam templum violare conatus est, quem et apprehensum voluimus secundum legem nostram judicare. 6

Who also hath gone about to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged according to our law. 6

Superveniens autem tribunus Lysias, cum vi magna eripuit eum de manibus nostris, 7

But the chief captain Lysias came upon us, and with great violence took him away out of our hands, 7

παρ᾽ οὖ δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ. 8

jubens accusatores ejus ad te venire: a quo poteris ipse judicans, de omnibus istis cognoscere, de quibus nos accusamus eum. 8

Commanding his accusers to come unto thee: by examining of whom thyself mayest take knowledge of all these things, whereof we accuse him. 8

συνεπέθεντο δὲ καὶ οἱ ἰουδαῖοι φάσκοντες ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν. 9

Adjecerunt autem et Judæi, dicentes hæc ita se habere. 9

And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so. 9

ἀπεκρίθη τε ὁ παῦλος νεύσαντος αὐτῶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε κριτὴν τῶ ἔθνει τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος εὐθύμως τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι, 10

Respondit autem Paulus (annuente sibi præside dicere): Ex multis annis te esse judicem genti huic sciens, bono animo pro me satisfaciam. 10

Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, answered, Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer for myself: 10

δυναμένου σου ἐπιγνῶναι ὅτι οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δώδεκα ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, 11

Potes enim cognoscere quia non plus sunt mihi dies quam duodecim, ex quo ascendi adorare in Jerusalem: 11

Because that thou mayest understand, that there are yet but twelve days since I went up to Jerusalem for to worship. 11

καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ εὖρόν με πρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, 12

et neque in templo invenerunt me cum aliquo disputantem, aut concursum facientem turbæ, neque in synagogis, neque in civitate: 12

And they neither found me in the temple disputing with any man, neither raising up the people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the city: 12

οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου. 13

neque probare possunt tibi de quibus nunc me accusant. 13

Neither can they prove the things whereof they now accuse me. 13

ὁμολογῶ δὲ τοῦτό σοι ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν οὕτως λατρεύω τῶ πατρῴῳ θεῶ, πιστεύων πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ τοῖς ἐν τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις, 14

Confiteor autem hoc tibi, quod secundum sectam quam dicunt hæresim, sic deservio Patri et Deo meo, credens omnibus quæ in lege et prophetis scripta sunt: 14

But this I confess unto thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the God of my fathers, believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets: 14

ἐλπίδα ἔχων εἰς τὸν θεόν, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὖτοι προσδέχονται, ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. 15

spem habens in Deum, quam et hi ipsi exspectant, resurrectionem futuram justorum et iniquorum. 15

And have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust. 15

ἐν τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διὰ παντός. 16

In hoc et ipse studeo sine offendiculo conscientiam habere ad Deum et ad homines semper. 16

And herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void to offence toward God, and toward men. 16

δι᾽ ἐτῶν δὲ πλειόνων ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς, 17

Post annos autem plures eleemosynas facturus in gentem meam, veni, et oblationes, et vota, 17

Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings. 17

ἐν αἷς εὖρόν με ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ, οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου· 18

in quibus invenerunt me purificatum in templo: non cum turba, neque cum tumultu. 18

Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult. 18

τινὲς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀσίας ἰουδαῖοι, οὓς ἔδει ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρὸς ἐμέ, 19

Quidam autem ex Asia Judæi, quos oportebat apud te præsto esse, et accusare si quid haberent adversum me: 19

Who ought to have been here before thee, and object, if they had ought against me. 19

ἢ αὐτοὶ οὖτοι εἰπάτωσαν τί εὖρον ἀδίκημα στάντος μου ἐπὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου 20

aut hi ipsi dicant si quid invenerunt in me iniquitatis cum stem in concilio, 20

Or else let these same here say, if they have found any evil doing in me, while I stood before the council, 20

ἢ περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς ἧς ἐκέκραξα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστὼς ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 21

nisi de una hac solummodo voce qua clamavi inter eos stans: Quoniam de resurrectione mortuorum ego judicor hodie a vobis. 21

Except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day. 21

ἀνεβάλετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ φῆλιξ, ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, εἴπας, ὅταν λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, 22

Distulit autem illos Felix, certissime sciens de via hac, dicens: Cum tribunus Lysias descenderit, audiam vos. 22

And when Felix heard these things, having more perfect knowledge of that way, he deferred them, and said, When Lysias the chief captain shall come down, I will know the uttermost of your matter. 22

διαταξάμενος τῶ ἑκατοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἔχειν τε ἄνεσιν καὶ μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν αὐτῶ. 23

Jussitque centurioni custodire eum, et habere requiem, nec quemquam de suis prohibere ministrare ei. 23

And he commanded a centurion to keep Paul, and to let him have liberty, and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come unto him. 23

μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς παραγενόμενος ὁ φῆλιξ σὺν δρουσίλλῃ τῇ ἰδίᾳ γυναικὶ οὔσῃ ἰουδαίᾳ μετεπέμψατο τὸν παῦλον καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς χριστὸν ἰησοῦν πίστεως. 24

Post aliquot autem dies veniens Felix cum Drusilla uxore sua, quæ erat Judæa, vocavit Paulum, et audivit ab eo fidem quæ est in Christum Jesum. 24

And after certain days, when Felix came with his wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, he sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ. 24

διαλεγομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, τὸ νῦν ἔχον πορεύου, καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε· 25

Disputante autem illo de justitia, et castitate, et de judicio futuro, tremefactus Felix, respondit: Quod nunc attinet, vade: tempore autem opportuno accersam te: 25

And as he reasoned of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come, Felix trembled, and answered, Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee. 25

ἅμα καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ παύλου· διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῶ. 26

simul et sperans quod pecunia ei daretur a Paulo, propter quod et frequenter accersens eum, loquebatur cum eo. 26

He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him. 26

διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ φῆλιξ πόρκιον φῆστον· θέλων τε χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς ἰουδαίοις ὁ φῆλιξ κατέλιπε τὸν παῦλον δεδεμένον. 27

Biennio autem expleto, accepit successorem Felix Portium Festum. Volens autem gratiam præstare Judæis Felix, reliquit Paulum vinctum. 27

But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix’ room: and Felix, willing to shew the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound. 27

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 25

Cap. 25

The Acts of the Apostles 25

φῆστος οὗν ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ καισαρείας, 1

Festus ergo cum venisset in provinciam, post triduum ascendit Jerosolymam a Cæsarea. 1

Now when Festus was come into the province, after three days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem. 1

ἐνεφάνισάν τε αὐτῶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 2

Adieruntque eum principes sacerdotum et primi Judæorum adversus Paulum: et rogabant eum, 2

Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul, and besought him, 2

αἰτούμενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς ἰερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν. 3

postulantes gratiam adversus eum, ut juberet perduci eum in Jerusalem, insidias tendentes ut interficerent eum in via. 3

And desired favour against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem, laying wait in the way to kill him. 3

ὁ μὲν οὗν φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη τηρεῖσθαι τὸν παῦλον εἰς καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι· 4

Festus autem respondit servari Paulum in Cæsarea: se autem maturius profecturum. 4

But Festus answered, that Paul should be kept at Caesarea, and that he himself would depart shortly thither. 4

οἱ οὗν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συγκαταβάντες εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῶ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ. 5

Qui ergo in vobis, ait, potentes sunt, descendentes simul, si quod est in viro crimen, accusent eum. 5

Let them therefore, said he, which among you are able, go down with me, and accuse this man, if there be any wickedness in him. 5

διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας οὐ πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ δέκα, καταβὰς εἰς καισάρειαν, τῇ ἐπαύριον καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν παῦλον ἀχθῆναι. 6

Demoratus autem inter eos dies non amplius quam octo aut decem, descendit Cæsaream, et altera die sedit pro tribunali, et jussit Paulum adduci. 6

And when he had tarried among them more than ten days, he went down unto Caesarea; and the next day sitting on the judgment seat commanded Paul to be brought. 6

παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περιέστησαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀπὸ ἱεροσολύμων καταβεβηκότες ἰουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες ἃ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι, 7

Qui cum perductus esset, circumsteterunt eum, qui ab Jerosolyma descenderant Judæi, multas et graves causas objicientes, quas non poterant probare: 7

And when he was come, the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul, which they could not prove. 7

τοῦ παύλου ἀπολογουμένου ὅτι οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν ἰουδαίων οὔτε εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν οὔτε εἰς καίσαρά τι ἥμαρτον. 8

Paulo rationem reddente: Quoniam neque in legem Judæorum, neque in templum, neque in Cæsarem quidquam peccavi. 8

While he answered for himself, Neither against the law of the Jews, neither against the temple, nor yet against Caesar, have I offended any thing at all. 8

ὁ φῆστος δὲ θέλων τοῖς ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῶ παύλῳ εἶπεν, θέλεις εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ; 9

Festus autem volens gratiam præstare Judæis, respondens Paulo, dixit: Vis Jerosolymam ascendere, et ibi de his judicari apud me? 9

But Festus, willing to do the Jews a pleasure, answered Paul, and said, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things before me? 9

εἶπεν δὲ ὁ παῦλος, ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος καίσαρός ἑστώς εἰμι, οὖ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκησα, ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις. 10

Dixit autem Paulus: Ad tribunal Cæsaris sto: ibi me oportet judicari: Judæis non nocui, sicut tu melius nosti. 10

Then said Paul, I stand at Caesar’s judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou very well knowest. 10

εἰ μὲν οὗν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν· εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὖτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι· καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι. 11

Si enim nocui, aut dignum morte aliquid feci, non recuso mori: si vero nihil est eorum quæ hi accusant me, nemo potest me illis donare. Cæsarem appello. 11

For if I be an offender, or have committed any thing worthy of death, I refuse not to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me, no man may deliver me unto them. I appeal unto Caesar. 11

τότε ὁ φῆστος συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου ἀπεκρίθη, καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι, ἐπὶ καίσαρα πορεύσῃ. 12

Tunc Festus cum concilio locutus, respondit: Cæsarem appellasti? ad Cæsarem ibis. 12

Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Hast thou appealed unto Caesar? unto Caesar shalt thou go. 12

ἡμερῶν δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς καισάρειαν ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν φῆστον. 13

Et cum dies aliquot transacti essent, Agrippa rex et Bernice descenderunt Cæsaream ad salutandum Festum. 13

And after certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came unto Caesarea to salute Festus. 13

ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ, ὁ φῆστος τῶ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν παῦλον λέγων, ἀνήρ τίς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ φήλικος δέσμιος, 14

Et cum dies plures ibi demorarentur, Festus regi indicavit de Paulo, dicens: Vir quidam est derelictus a Felice vinctus, 14

And when they had been there many days, Festus declared Paul’s cause unto the king, saying, There is a certain man left in bonds by Felix: 14

περὶ οὖ γενομένου μου εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα ἐνεφάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ἰουδαίων, αἰτούμενοι κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην· 15

de quo cum essem Jerosolymis, adierunt me principes sacerdotum et seniores Judæorum, postulantes adversus illum damnationem. 15

About whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, desiring to have judgment against him. 15

πρὸς οὓς ἀπεκρίθην ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἔθος ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους τόπον τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. 16

Ad quos respondi: Quia non est Romanis consuetudo damnare aliquem hominem priusquam is qui accusatur præsentes habeat accusatores, locumque defendendi accipiat ad abluenda crimina. 16

To whom I answered, It is not the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die, before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face, and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him. 16

συνελθόντων οὗν <αὐτῶν> ἐνθάδε ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα· 17

Cum ergo huc convenissent sine ulla dilatione, sequenti die sedens pro tribunali, jussi adduci virum. 17

Therefore, when they were come hither, without any delay on the morrow I sat on the judgment seat, and commanded the man to be brought forth. 17

περὶ οὖ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν, 18

De quo, cum stetissent accusatores, nullam causam deferebant, de quibus ego suspicabar malum. 18

Against whom when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusation of such things as I supposed: 18

ζητήματα δέ τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ περί τινος ἰησοῦ τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ παῦλος ζῆν. 19

Quæstiones vero quasdam de sua superstitione habebant adversus eum, et de quodam Jesu defuncto, quem affirmabat Paulus vivere. 19

But had certain questions against him of their own superstition, and of one Jesus, which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. 19

ἀπορούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ τὴν περὶ τούτων ζήτησιν ἔλεγον εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων. 20

Hæsitans autem ego de hujusmodi quæstione, dicebam si vellet ire Jerosolymam, et ibi judicari de istis. 20

And because I doubted of such manner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these matters. 20

τοῦ δὲ παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἕως οὖ ἀναπέμψω αὐτὸν πρὸς καίσαρα. 21

Paulo autem appellante ut servaretur ad Augusti cognitionem, jussi servari eum, donec mittam eum ad Cæsarem. 21

But when Paul had appealed to be reserved unto the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Caesar. 21

ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν φῆστον, ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ. 22

Agrippa autem dixit ad Festum: Volebam et ipse hominem audire. Cras, inquit, audies eum. 22

Then Agrippa said unto Festus, I would also hear the man myself. To morrow, said he, thou shalt hear him. 22

τῇ οὗν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ ἀγρίππα καὶ τῆς βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ ἀκροατήριον σύν τε χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ φήστου ἤχθη ὁ παῦλος. 23

Altera autem die cum venisset Agrippa et Bernice cum multa ambitione, et introissent in auditorium cum tribunis et viris principalibus civitatis, jubente Festo, adductus est Paulus. 23

And on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, with great pomp, and was entered into the place of hearing, with the chief captains, and principal men of the city, at Festus’ commandment Paul was brought forth. 23

καί φησιν ὁ φῆστος, ἀγρίππα βασιλεῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ συμπαρόντες ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦτον περὶ οὖ ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι ἔν τε ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, βοῶντες μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι. 24

Et dicit Festus: Agrippa rex, et omnes qui simul adestis nobiscum viri, videtis hunc de quo omnis multitudo Judæorum interpellavit me Jerosolymis, petentes et acclamantes non oportere eum vivere amplius. 24

And Festus said, King Agrippa, and all men which are here present with us, ye see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me, both at Jerusalem, and also here, crying that he ought not to live any longer. 24

ἐγὼ δὲ κατελαβόμην μηδὲν ἄξιον αὐτὸν θανάτου πεπραχέναι, αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν σεβαστὸν ἔκρινα πέμπειν. 25

Ego vere comperi nihil dignum morte eum admisisse. Ipso autem hoc appellante ad Augustum, judicavi mittere. 25

But when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and that he himself hath appealed to Augustus, I have determined to send him. 25

περὶ οὖ ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι τῶ κυρίῳ οὐκ ἔχω· διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ ἀγρίππα, ὅπως τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης σχῶ τί γράψω· 26

De quo quid certum scribam domino, non habeo. Propter quod produxi eum ad vos, et maxime ad te, rex Agrippa, ut interrogatione facta habeam quid scribam. 26

Of whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth before you, and specially before thee, O king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I might have somewhat to write. 26

ἄλογον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. 27

Sine ratione enim mihi videtur mittere vinctum, et causas ejus non significare. 27

For it seemeth to me unreasonable to send a prisoner, and not withal to signify the crimes laid against him. 27

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 26

Cap. 26

The Acts of the Apostles 26

ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν παῦλον ἔφη, ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι περὶ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. τότε ὁ παῦλος ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπελογεῖτο, 1

Agrippa vero ad Paulum ait: Permittitur tibi loqui pro temetipso. Tunc Paulus extenta manu cœpit rationem reddere: 1

Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak for thyself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand, and answered for himself: 1

περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ ἰουδαίων, βασιλεῦ ἀγρίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων σήμερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι, 2

De omnibus quibus accusor a Judæis, rex Agrippa, æstimo me beatum apud te cum sim defensurus me hodie, 2

I think myself happy, king Agrippa, because I shall answer for myself this day before thee touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews: 2

μάλιστα γνώστην ὄντα σε πάντων τῶν κατὰ ἰουδαίους ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων· διὸ δέομαι μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου. 3

maxime te sciente omnia, et quæ apud Judæos sunt consuetudines et quæstiones: propter quod obsecro patienter me audias. 3

Especially because I know thee to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently. 3

τὴν μὲν οὗν βίωσίν μου <τὴν> ἐκ νεότητος τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς γενομένην ἐν τῶ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε ἱεροσολύμοις ἴσασι πάντες <οἱ> ἰουδαῖοι, 4

Et quidem vitam meam a juventute, quæ ab initio fuit in gente mea in Jerosolymis, noverunt omnes Judæi: 4

My manner of life from my youth, which was at the first among mine own nation at Jerusalem, know all the Jews; 4

προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσι μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ἔζησα φαρισαῖος. 5

præscientes me ab initio (si velint testimonium perhibere) quoniam secundum certissimam sectam nostræ religionis vixi pharisæus. 5

Which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most straitest sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee. 5

καὶ νῦν ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος, 6

Et nunc, in spe quæ ad patres nostros repromissionis facta est a Deo, sto judicio subjectus: 6

And now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God, unto our fathers: 6

εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι· περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ ἰουδαίων, βασιλεῦ. 7

in quam duodecim tribus nostræ nocte ac die deservientes, sperant devenire. De qua spe accusor a Judæis, rex. 7

Unto which promise our twelve tribes, instantly serving God day and night, hope to come. For which hope’s sake, king Agrippa, I am accused of the Jews. 7

τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; 8

Quid incredibile judicatur apud vos, si Deus mortuos suscitat? 8

Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead? 8

ἐγὼ μὲν οὗν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῶ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα ἰησοῦ τοῦ ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι· 9

Et ego quidem existimaveram me adversus nomen Jesu Nazareni debere multa contraria agere, 9

I verily thought with myself, that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. 9

ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ πολλούς τε τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ἐν φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν λαβών, ἀναιρουμένων τε αὐτῶν κατήνεγκα ψῆφον, 10

quod et feci Jerosolymis, et multos sanctorum ego in carceribus inclusi, a principibus sacerdotum potestate accepta: et cum occiderentur, detuli sententiam. 10

Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice against them. 10

καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν, περισσῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. 11

Et per omnes synagogas frequenter puniens eos, compellebam blasphemare: et amplius insaniens in eos, persequebar usque in exteras civitates. 11

And I punished them oft in every synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted them even unto strange cities. 11

ἐν οἷς πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν δαμασκὸν μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς τῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων 12

In quibus dum irem Damascum cum potestate et permissu principum sacerdotum, 12

Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests, 12

ἡμέρας μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον, βασιλεῦ, οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου περιλάμψαν με φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους· 13

die media in via vidi, rex, de cælo supra splendorem solis circumfulsisse me lumen, et eos qui mecum simul erant. 13

At midday, O king, I saw in the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them which journeyed with me. 13

πάντων τε καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, σαοὺλ σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. 14

Omnesque nos cum decidissemus in terram, audivi vocem loquentem mihi hebraica lingua: Saule, Saule, quid me persequeris? durum est tibi contra stimulum calcitrare. 14

And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. 14

ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα, τίς εἶ, κύριε; ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν, ἐγώ εἰμι ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 15

Ego autem dixi: Quis es, domine? Dominus autem dixit: Ego sum Jesus, quem tu persequeris. 15

And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest. 15

ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου· εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ὤφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδές <με> ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι, 16

Sed exsurge, et sta super pedes tuos: ad hoc enim apparui tibi, ut constituam te ministrum, et testem eorum quæ vidisti, et eorum quibus apparebo tibi, 16

But rise, and stand upon thy feet: for I have appeared unto thee for this purpose, to make thee a minister and a witness both of these things which thou hast seen, and of those things in the which I will appear unto thee; 16

ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε 17

eripiens te de populo et gentibus, in quas nunc ego mitto te, 17

Delivering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom now I send thee, 17

ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ. 18

aperire oculos eorum, ut convertantur a tenebris ad lucem, et de potestate Satanæ ad Deum, ut accipiant remissionem peccatorum, et sortem inter sanctos, per fidem quæ est in me. 18

To open their eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me. 18

ὅθεν, βασιλεῦ ἀγρίππα, οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, 19

Unde, rex Agrippa, non fui incredulus cælesti visioni: 19

Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision: 19

ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν δαμασκῶ πρῶτόν τε καὶ ἱεροσολύμοις, πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς ἰουδαίας καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπήγγελλον μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. 20

sed his qui sunt Damasci primum, et Jerosolymis, et in omnem regionem Judææ, et gentibus, annuntiabam, ut pœnitentiam agerent, et converterentur ad Deum, digna pœnitentiæ opera facientes. 20

But shewed first unto them of Damascus, and at Jerusalem, and throughout all the coasts of Judaea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works meet for repentance. 20

ἕνεκα τούτων με ἰουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι <ὄντα> ἐν τῶ ἱερῶ ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 21

Hac ex causa me Judæi, cum essem in templo, comprehensum tentabant interficere. 21

For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 21

ἐπικουρίας οὗν τυχὼν τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕστηκα μαρτυρόμενος μικρῶ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ μωϊσῆς, 22

Auxilio autem adjutus Dei usque in hodiernum diem, sto, testificans minori atque majori, nihil extra dicens quam ea quæ prophetæ locuti sunt futura esse, et Moyses, 22

Having therefore obtained help of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing both to small and great, saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come: 22

εἰ παθητὸς ὁ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῶ τε λαῶ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. 23

si passibilis Christus, si primus ex resurrectione mortuorum, lumen annuntiaturus est populo et gentibus. 23

That Christ should suffer, and that he should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should shew light unto the people, and to the Gentiles. 23

ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπολογουμένου ὁ φῆστος μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ φησιν, μαίνῃ, παῦλε· τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. 24

Hæc loquente eo, et rationem reddente, Festus magna voce dixit: Insanis, Paule: multæ te litteræ ad insaniam convertunt. 24

And as he thus spake for himself, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself; much learning doth make thee mad. 24

ὁ δὲ παῦλος, οὐ μαίνομαι, φησίν, κράτιστε φῆστε, ἀλλὰ ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ἀποφθέγγομαι. 25

Et Paulus: Non insanio, inquit, optime Feste, sed veritatis et sobrietatis verba loquor. 25

But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and soberness. 25

ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ· λανθάνειν γὰρ αὐτὸν <τι> τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν, οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. 26

Scit enim de his rex, ad quem et constanter loquor: latere enim eum nihil horum arbitror. Neque enim in angulo quidquam horum gestum est. 26

For the king knoweth of these things, before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing was not done in a corner. 26

πιστεύεις, βασιλεῦ ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις; οἶδα ὅτι πιστεύεις. 27

Credis, rex Agrippa, prophetis? Scio quia credis. 27

King Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest. 27

ὁ δὲ ἀγρίππας πρὸς τὸν παῦλον, ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι. 28

Agrippa autem ad Paulum: In modico suades me christianum fieri. 28

Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian. 28

ὁ δὲ παῦλος, εὐξαίμην ἂν τῶ θεῶ καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους ὁποῖος καὶ ἐγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων. 29

Et Paulus: Opto apud Deum, et in modico et in magno, non tantum te, sed etiam omnes qui audiunt hodie fieri tales, qualis et ego sum, exceptis vinculis his. 29

And Paul said, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds. 29

ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἥ τε βερνίκη καὶ οἱ συγκαθήμενοι αὐτοῖς, 30

Et exsurrexit rex, et præses, et Bernice, et qui assidebant eis. 30

And when he had thus spoken, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them: 30

καὶ ἀναχωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες ὅτι οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον <τι> πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὖτος. 31

Et cum secessissent, loquebantur ad invicem, dicentes: Quia nihil morte aut vinculis dignum quid fecit homo iste. 31

And when they were gone aside, they talked between themselves, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds. 31

ἀγρίππας δὲ τῶ φήστῳ ἔφη, ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὖτος εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο καίσαρα. 32

Agrippa autem Festo dixit: Dimitti poterat homo hic, si non appellasset Cæsarem. 32

Then said Agrippa unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Caesar. 32

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 27

Cap. 27

The Acts of the Apostles 27

ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἰταλίαν, παρεδίδουν τόν τε παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι ἰουλίῳ σπείρης σεβαστῆς. 1

Ut autem judicatum est navigare eum in Italiam, et tradi Paulum cum reliquis custodiis centurioni nomine Julio cohortis Augustæ, 1

And when it was determined that we should sail into Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners unto one named Julius, a centurion of Augustus’ band. 1

ἐπιβάντες δὲ πλοίῳ ἀδραμυττηνῶ μέλλοντι πλεῖν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἀσίαν τόπους ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν ἀριστάρχου μακεδόνος θεσσαλονικέως· 2

ascendentes navem Adrumetinam, incipientes navigare circa Asiæ loca, sustulimus, perseverante nobiscum Aristarcho Macedone Thessalonicensi. 2

And entering into a ship of Adramyttium, we launched, meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica, being with us. 2

τῇ τε ἑτέρᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς σιδῶνα, φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ ἰούλιος τῶ παύλῳ χρησάμενος ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν. 3

Sequenti autem die devenimus Sidonem. Humane autem tractans Julius Paulum, permisit ad amicos ire, et curam sui agere. 3

And the next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul, and gave him liberty to go unto his friends to refresh himself. 3

κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν κύπρον διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους, 4

Et inde cum sustulissemus, subnavigavimus Cyprum, propterea quod essent venti contrarii. 4

And when we had launched from thence, we sailed under Cyprus, because the winds were contrary. 4

τό τε πέλαγος τὸ κατὰ τὴν κιλικίαν καὶ παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες κατήλθομεν εἰς μύρα τῆς λυκίας. 5

Et pelagus Ciliciæ et Pamphyliæ navigantes, venimus Lystram, quæ est Lyciæ: 5

And when we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia. 5

κἀκεῖ εὑρὼν ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης πλοῖον ἀλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν ἰταλίαν ἐνεβίβασεν ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. 6

et ibi inveniens centurio navem Alexandrinam navigantem in Italiam, transposuit nos in eam. 6

And there the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein. 6

ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν κρήτην κατὰ σαλμώνην, 7

Et cum multis diebus tarde navigaremus, et vix devenissemus contra Gnidum, prohibente nos vento, adnavigavimus Cretæ juxta Salmonem: 7

And when we had sailed slowly many days, and scarce were come over against Cnidus, the wind not suffering us, we sailed under Crete, over against Salmone; 7

μόλις τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ καλούμενον καλοὺς λιμένας, ᾧ ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν λασαία. 8

et vix juxta navigantes, venimus in locum quemdam qui vocatur Boniportus, cui juxta erat civitas Thalassa. 8

And, hardly passing it, came unto a place which is called The fair havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea. 8

ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, παρῄνει ὁ παῦλος 9

Multo autem tempore peracto, et cum jam non esset tuta navigatio eo quod et jejunium jam præteriisset, consolabatur eos Paulus, 9

Now when much time was spent, and when sailing was now dangerous, because the fast was now already past, Paul admonished them, 9

λέγων αὐτοῖς, ἄνδρες, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν. 10

dicens eis: Viri, video quoniam cum injuria et multo damno non solum oneris, et navis, sed etiam animarum nostrarum incipit esse navigatio. 10

And said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage, not only of the lading and ship, but also of our lives. 10

ὁ δὲ ἑκατοντάρχης τῶ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῶ ναυκλήρῳ μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ παύλου λεγομένοις. 11

Centurio autem gubernatori et nauclero magis credebat, quam his quæ a Paulo dicebantur. 11

Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship, more than those things which were spoken by Paul. 11

ἀνευθέτου δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν οἱ πλείονες ἔθεντο βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι ἐκεῖθεν, εἴ πως δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς φοίνικα παραχειμάσαι, λιμένα τῆς κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. 12

Et cum aptus portus non esset ad hiemandum, plurimi statuerunt consilium navigare inde, si quomodo possent, devenientes Phœnicen hiemare, portum Cretæ respicientem ad Africum et ad Corum. 12

And because the haven was not commodious to winter in, the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means they might attain to Phenice, and there to winter; which is an haven of Crete, and lieth toward the south west and north west. 12

ὑποπνεύσαντος δὲ νότου δόξαντες τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ἄραντες ἆσσον παρελέγοντο τὴν κρήτην. 13

Aspirante autem austro, æstimantes propositum se tenere, cum sustulissent de Asson, legebant Cretam. 13

And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained their purpose, loosing thence, they sailed close by Crete. 13

μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν κατ᾽ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς ὁ καλούμενος εὐρακύλων· 14

Non post multum autem misit se contra ipsam ventus typhonicus, qui vocatur Euroaquilo. 14

But not long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind, called Euroclydon. 14

συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῶ ἀνέμῳ ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα. 15

Cumque arrepta esset navis, et non posset conari in ventum, data nave flatibus, ferebamur. 15

And when the ship was caught, and could not bear up into the wind, we let her drive. 15

νησίον δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον καῦδα ἰσχύσαμεν μόλις περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης, 16

In insulam autem quamdam decurrentes, quæ vocatur Cauda, potuimus vix obtinere scapham. 16

And running under a certain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat: 16

ἣν ἄραντες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον· φοβούμενοί τε μὴ εἰς τὴν σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος, οὕτως ἐφέροντο. 17

Qua sublata, adjutoriis utebantur, accingentes navem, timentes ne in Syrtim inciderent, summisso vase sic ferebantur. 17

Which when they had taken up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands, strake sail, and so were driven. 17

σφοδρῶς δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο, 18

Valida autem nobis tempestate jactatis, sequenti die jactum fecerunt: 18

And we being exceedingly tossed with a tempest, the next day they lightened the ship; 18

καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔρριψαν. 19

et tertia die suis manibus armamenta navis projecerunt. 19

And the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. 19

μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς. 20

Neque autem sole, neque sideribus apparentibus per plures dies, et tempestate non exigua imminente, jam ablata erat spes omnis salutis nostræ. 20

And when neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away. 20

πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης τότε σταθεὶς ὁ παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς κρήτης κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν ζημίαν. 21

Et cum multa jejunatio fuisset, tunc stans Paulus in medio eorum, dixit: Oportebat quidem, o viri, audito me, non tollere a Creta, lucrique facere injuriam hanc et jacturam. 21

But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have hearkened unto me, and not have loosed from Crete, and to have gained this harm and loss. 21

καὶ τὰ νῦν παραινῶ ὑμᾶς εὐθυμεῖν, ἀποβολὴ γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου· 22

Et nunc suadeo vobis bono animo esse: amissio enim nullius animæ erit ex vobis, præterquam navis. 22

And now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there shall be no loss of any man’s life among you, but of the ship. 22

παρέστη γάρ μοι ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὖ εἰμι <ἐγώ>, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω, ἄγγελος 23

Astitit enim mihi hac nocte angelus Dei, cujus sum ego, et cui deservio, 23

For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve, 23

λέγων, μὴ φοβοῦ, παῦλε· καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι, καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. 24

dicens: Ne timeas, Paule: Cæsari te oportet assistere: et ecce donavit tibi Deus omnes qui navigant tecum. 24

Saying, Fear not, Paul; thou must be brought before Caesar: and, lo, God hath given thee all them that sail with thee. 24

διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε, ἄνδρες· πιστεύω γὰρ τῶ θεῶ ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται καθ᾽ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι. 25

Propter quod bono animo estote, viri: credo enim Deo quia sic erit, quemadmodum dictum est mihi. 25

Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even as it was told me. 25

εἰς νῆσον δέ τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν. 26

In insulam autem quamdam oportet nos devenire. 26

Howbeit we must be cast upon a certain island. 26

ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων ἡμῶν ἐν τῶ ἀδρίᾳ, κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν. 27

Sed posteaquam quartadecima nox supervenit, navigantibus nobis in Adria circa mediam noctem, suspicabantur nautæ apparere sibi aliquam regionem. 27

But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven up and down in Adria, about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country; 27

καὶ βολίσαντες εὖρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι, βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν βολίσαντες εὖρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε· 28

Qui et summittentes bolidem, invenerunt passus viginti: et pusillum inde separati, invenerunt passus quindecim. 28

And sounded, and found it twenty fathoms: and when they had gone a little further, they sounded again, and found it fifteen fathoms. 28

φοβούμενοί τε μή που κατὰ τραχεῖς τόπους ἐκπέσωμεν, ἐκ πρύμνης ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας ηὔχοντο ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. 29

Timentes autem ne in aspera loca incideremus, de puppi mittentes anchoras quatuor, optabant diem fieri. 29

Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks, they cast four anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day. 29

τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν προφάσει ὡς ἐκ πρῴρης ἀγκύρας μελλόντων ἐκτείνειν, 30

Nautis vero quærentibus fugere de navi, cum misissent scapham in mare, sub obtentu quasi inciperent a prora anchoras extendere, 30

And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship, 30

εἶπεν ὁ παῦλος τῶ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἐὰν μὴ οὖτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῶ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε. 31

dixit Paulus centurioni et militibus: Nisi hi in navi manserint, vos salvi fieri non potestis. 31

Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved. 31

τότε ἀπέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. 32

Tunc absciderunt milites funes scaphæ, et passi sunt eam excidere. 32

Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off. 32

ἄχρι δὲ οὖ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι παρεκάλει ὁ παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς λέγων, τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε, μηθὲν προσλαβόμενοι· 33

Et cum lux inciperet fieri, rogabat Paulus omnes sumere cibum, dicens: Quartadecima die hodie exspectantes jejuni permanetis, nihil accipientes. 33

And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. 33

διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει· οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται. 34

Propter quod rogo vos accipere cibum pro salute vestra: quia nullius vestrum capillus de capite peribit. 34

Wherefore I pray you to take some meat: for this is for your health: for there shall not an hair fall from the head of any of you. 34

εἴπας δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῶ θεῶ ἐνώπιον πάντων καὶ κλάσας ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. 35

Et cum hæc dixisset, sumens panem, gratias egit Deo in conspectu omnium: et cum fregisset, cœpit manducare. 35

And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. 35

εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐτοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς. 36

Animæquiores autem facti omnes, et ipsi sumpserunt cibum. 36

Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. 36

ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῶ πλοίῳ διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ. 37

Eramus vero universæ animæ in navi ducentæ septuaginta sex. 37

And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. 37

κορεσθέντες δὲ τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. 38

Et satiati cibo alleviabant navem, jactantes triticum in mare. 38

And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. 38

ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον, κόλπον δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλὸν εἰς ὃν ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 39

Cum autem dies factus esset, terram non agnoscebant: sinum vero quemdam considerabant habentem littus, in quem cogitabant si possent ejicere navem. 39

And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. 39

καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἅμα ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων, καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν ἀρτέμωνα τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 40

Et cum anchoras sustulissent, committebant se mari, simul laxantes juncturas gubernaculorum: et levato artemone secundum auræ flatum, tendebant ad littus. 40

And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. 40

περιπεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον ἐπέκειλαν τὴν ναῦν, καὶ ἡ μὲν πρῶρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας <τῶν κυμάτων>. 41

Et cum incidissemus in locum dithalassum, impegerunt navem: et prora quidem fixa manebat immobilis, puppis vero solvebatur a vi maris. 41

And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmoveable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. 41

τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, μή τις ἐκκολυμβήσας διαφύγῃ· 42

Militum autem consilium fuit ut custodias occiderent, ne quis cum enatasset, effugeret. 42

And the soldiers’ counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. 42

ὁ δὲ ἑκατοντάρχης βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν παῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾶν ἀπορίψαντας πρώτους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι, 43

Centurio autem volens servare Paulum, prohibuit fieri: jussitque eos qui possent natare, emittere se primos, et evadere, et ad terram exire: 43

But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: 43

καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου· καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. 44

et ceteros, alios in tabulis ferebant, quosdam super ea quæ de navi erant. Et sic factum est, ut omnes animæ evaderent ad terram. 44

And the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. 44

ΠΡΞΕΙΣ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ 28

Cap. 28

The Acts of the Apostles 28

καὶ διασωθέντες τότε ἐπέγνωμεν ὅτι μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται. 1

Et cum evasissemus, tunc cognovimus quia Melita insula vocabatur. Barbari vero præstabant non modicam humanitatem nobis. 1

And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. 1

οἵ τε βάρβαροι παρεῖχον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν, ἅψαντες γὰρ πυρὰν προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ διὰ τὸ ψῦχος. 2

Accensa enim pyra, reficiebant nos omnes propter imbrem qui imminebat, et frigus. 2

And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold. 2

συστρέψαντος δὲ τοῦ παύλου φρυγάνων τι πλῆθος καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυράν, ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα καθῆψεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. 3

Cum congregasset autem Paulus sarmentorum aliquantam multitudinem, et imposuisset super ignem, vipera a calore cum processisset, invasit manum ejus. 3

And when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand. 3

ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον, πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὖτος ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ δίκη ζῆν οὐκ εἴασεν. 4

Ut vero viderunt barbari pendentem bestiam de manu ejus, ad invicem dicebant: Utique homicida est homo hic, qui cum evaserit de mari, ultio non sinit eum vivere. 4

And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not to live. 4

ὁ μὲν οὗν ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν· 5

Et ille quidem excutiens bestiam in ignem, nihil mali passus est. 5

And he shook off the beast into the fire, and felt no harm. 5

οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν. ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον, μεταβαλόμενοι ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν. 6

At illi existimabant eum in tumorem convertendum, et subito casurum et mori. Diu autem illis exspectantibus, et videntibus nihil mali in eo fieri, convertentes se, dicebant eum esse deum. 6

Howbeit they looked when he should have swollen, or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god. 6

ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία τῶ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου ὀνόματι ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀναδεξάμενος ἡμᾶς τρεῖς ἡμέρας φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. 7

In locis autem illis erant prædia principis insulæ, nomine Publii, qui nos suscipiens, triduo benigne exhibuit. 7

In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island, whose name was Publius; who received us, and lodged us three days courteously. 7

ἐγένετο δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι, πρὸς ὃν ὁ παῦλος εἰσελθὼν καὶ προσευξάμενος ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶ ἰάσατο αὐτόν. 8

Contigit autem patrem Publii febribus et dysenteria vexatum jacere. Ad quem Paulus intravit: et cum orasset, et imposuisset ei manus, salvavit eum. 8

And it came to pass, that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him. 8

τούτου δὲ γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο, 9

Quo facto, omnes qui in insula habebant infirmitates, accedebant, et curabantur: 9

So when this was done, others also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed: 9

οἳ καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀναγομένοις ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς τὰς χρείας. 10

qui etiam multis honoribus nos honoraverunt, et navigantibus imposuerunt quæ necessaria erant. 10

Who also honoured us with many honours; and when we departed, they laded us with such things as were necessary. 10

μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἀλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ διοσκούροις. 11

Post menses autem tres navigavimus in navi Alexandrina, quæ in insula hiemaverat, cui erat insigne Castorum. 11

And after three months we departed in a ship of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pollux. 11

καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς, 12

Et cum venissemus Syracusam, mansimus ibi triduo. 12

And landing at Syracuse, we tarried there three days. 12

ὅθεν περιελόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς ῥήγιον. καὶ μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου νότου δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν εἰς ποτιόλους, 13

Inde circumlegentes devenimus Rhegium: et post unum diem, flante austro, secunda die venimus Puteolos: 13

And from thence we fetched a compass, and came to Rhegium: and after one day the south wind blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli: 13

οὖ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρεκλήθημεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά· καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν. 14

ubi inventis fratribus rogati sumus manere apud eos dies septem: et sic venimus Romam. 14

Where we found brethren, and were desired to tarry with them seven days: and so we went toward Rome. 14

κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν ἦλθαν εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἄχρι ἀππίου φόρου καὶ τριῶν ταβερνῶν, οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ παῦλος εὐχαριστήσας τῶ θεῶ ἔλαβε θάρσος. 15

Et inde cum audissent fratres, occurrerunt nobis usque ad Apii forum, ac tres Tabernas. Quos cum vidisset Paulus, gratias agens Deo, accepit fiduciam. 15

And from thence, when the brethren heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii forum, and The three taverns: whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage. 15

ὅτε δὲ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς ῥώμην, ἐπετράπη τῶ παύλῳ μένειν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν σὺν τῶ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν στρατιώτῃ. 16

Cum autem venissemus Romam, permissum est Paulo manere sibimet cum custodiente se milite. 16

And when we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him. 16

ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς συγκαλέσασθαι αὐτὸν τοὺς ὄντας τῶν ἰουδαίων πρώτους· συνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ἐγώ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῶ λαῶ ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσι τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ῥωμαίων, 17

Post tertium autem diem convocavit primos Judæorum. Cumque convenissent, dicebat eis: Ego, viri fratres, nihil adversus plebem faciens, aut morem paternum, vinctus ab Jerosolymis traditus sum in manus Romanorum, 17

And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together, he said unto them, Men and brethren, though I have committed nothing against the people, or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans. 17

οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές με ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί· 18

qui cum interrogationem de me habuissent, voluerunt me dimittere, eo quod nulla esset causa mortis in me. 18

Who, when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me. 18

ἀντιλεγόντων δὲ τῶν ἰουδαίων ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν. 19

Contradicentibus autem Judæis, coactus sum appellare Cæsarem, non quasi gentem meam habens aliquid accusare. 19

But when the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; not that I had ought to accuse my nation of. 19

διὰ ταύτην οὗν τὴν αἰτίαν παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι, ἕνεκεν γὰρ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ ἰσραὴλ τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι. 20

Propter hanc igitur causam rogavi vos videre, et alloqui. Propter spem enim Israël catena hac circumdatus sum. 20

For this cause therefore have I called for you, to see you, and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain. 20

οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπαν, ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα περὶ σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς ἰουδαίας, οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν. 21

At illi dixerunt ad eum: Nos neque litteras accepimus de te a Judæa, neque adveniens aliquis fratrum nuntiavit, aut locutus est quid de te malum. 21

And they said unto him, We neither received letters out of Judaea concerning thee, neither any of the brethren that came shewed or spake any harm of thee. 21

ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς, περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. 22

Rogamus autem a te audire quæ sentis: nam de secta hac notum est nobis quia ubique ei contradicitur. 22

But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, we know that every where it is spoken against. 22

ταξάμενοι δὲ αὐτῶ ἡμέραν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες, οἷς ἐξετίθετο διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ πείθων τε αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ ἰησοῦ ἀπό τε τοῦ νόμου μωϊσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπὸ πρωῒ ἕως ἑσπέρας. 23

Cum constituissent autem illi diem, venerunt ad eum in hospitium plurimi, quibus exponebat testificans regnum Dei, suadensque eis de Jesu ex lege Moysi et prophetis a mane usque ad vesperam. 23

And when they had appointed him a day, there came many to him into his lodging; to whom he expounded and testified the kingdom of God, persuading them concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the prophets, from morning till evening. 23

καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν· 24

Et quidam credebant his quæ dicebantur: quidam vero non credebant. 24

And some believed the things which were spoken, and some believed not. 24

ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπόντος τοῦ παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν ὅτι καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 25

Cumque invicem non essent consentientes, discedebant, dicente Paulo unum verbum: Quia bene Spiritus Sanctus locutus est per Isaiam prophetam ad patres nostros, 25

And when they agreed not among themselves, they departed, after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Ghost by Esaias the prophet unto our fathers, 25

λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε, καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε· 26

dicens: Vade ad populum istum, et dic ad eos: Aure audietis, et non intelligetis,et videntes videbitis, et non perspicietis. 26

Saying, Go unto this people, and say, Hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and seeing ye shall see, and not perceive: 26

ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν· μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς. 27

Incrassatum est enim cor populi hujus,et auribus graviter audierunt,et oculos suos compresserunt: ne forte videant oculis,et auribus audiant,et corde intelligant, et convertantur,et sanem eos. 27

For the heart of this people is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and I should heal them. 27

γνωστὸν οὗν ἔστω ὑμῖν ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ· αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. 28

Notum ergo sit vobis, quoniam gentibus missum est hoc salutare Dei, et ipsi audient. 28

Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and that they will hear it. 28

Et cum hæc dixisset, exierunt ab eo Judæi, multam habentes inter se quæstionem. 29

And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves. 29

ἐνέμεινεν δὲ διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι, καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς αὐτόν, 30

Mansit autem biennio toto in suo conducto: et suscipiebat omnes qui ingrediebantur ad eum, 30

And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and received all that came in unto him, 30

κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διδάσκων τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως. 31

prædicans regnum Dei, et docens quæ sunt de Domino Jesu Christo cum omni fiducia, sine prohibitione. 31

Preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him. 31

Permanent link

http://www2.hf.uio.no/common/apps/permlink/permlink.php?app=polyglotta&context=ctext&uid=b2c256d0-68c4-11df-870c-00215aecadea

Choose languages

Choose images, etc.

Choose languages

Choose display